1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
7 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
8 <mark@codesourcery.com>
9 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
10 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
12 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
14 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
15 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
16 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
17 (at your option) any later version.
19 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
20 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
21 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
22 GNU General Public License for more details.
24 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
25 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
26 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
27 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
30 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
35 #include "libiberty.h"
37 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
39 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
41 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
43 #include "coff/symconst.h"
44 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
45 #include "coff/mips.h"
49 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
50 There are three types of entry:
52 (1) absolute addresses
54 (2) SYMBOL + OFFSET addresses, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
55 (abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0)
56 (3) global and forced-local symbols
57 (abfd != NULL, symndx == -1)
59 Type (3) entries are treated differently for different types of GOT.
60 In the "master" GOT -- i.e. the one that describes every GOT
61 reference needed in the link -- the mips_got_entry is keyed on both
62 the symbol and the input bfd that references it. If it turns out
63 that we need multiple GOTs, we can then use this information to
64 create separate GOTs for each input bfd.
66 However, we want each of these separate GOTs to have at most one
67 entry for a given symbol, so their type (3) entries are keyed only
68 on the symbol. The input bfd given by the "abfd" field is somewhat
69 arbitrary in this case.
71 This means that when there are multiple GOTs, each GOT has a unique
72 mips_got_entry for every symbol within it. We can therefore use the
73 mips_got_entry fields (tls_type and gotidx) to track the symbol's
76 However, if it turns out that we need only a single GOT, we continue
77 to use the master GOT to describe it. There may therefore be several
78 mips_got_entries for the same symbol, each with a different input bfd.
79 We want to make sure that each symbol gets a unique GOT entry, so when
80 there's a single GOT, we use the symbol's hash entry, not the
81 mips_got_entry fields, to track a symbol's GOT index. */
84 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
86 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
87 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
91 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
93 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
94 that should be added to the symbol value. */
96 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
97 corresponding to a global symbol in the got (or, local, if
99 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
102 /* The TLS types included in this GOT entry (specifically, GD and
103 IE). The GD and IE flags can be added as we encounter new
104 relocations. LDM can also be set; it will always be alone, not
105 combined with any GD or IE flags. An LDM GOT entry will be
106 a local symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
107 unsigned char tls_type
;
109 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
110 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
111 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
115 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
119 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
121 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
122 /* The number of global .got entries. */
123 unsigned int global_gotno
;
124 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
125 unsigned int tls_gotno
;
126 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
127 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
128 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno
;
129 /* The number of local .got entries. */
130 unsigned int local_gotno
;
131 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
132 unsigned int assigned_gotno
;
133 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
134 struct htab
*got_entries
;
135 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
136 unless multi-got was necessary. */
137 struct htab
*bfd2got
;
138 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
139 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
140 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
141 /* This is the GOT index of the TLS LDM entry for the GOT, MINUS_ONE
142 for none, or MINUS_TWO for not yet assigned. This is needed
143 because a single-GOT link may have multiple hash table entries
144 for the LDM. It does not get initialized in multi-GOT mode. */
145 bfd_vma tls_ldm_offset
;
148 /* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
150 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
{
152 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
155 /* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
156 create and merge bfd's gots. */
158 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
160 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
162 /* The output bfd. */
164 /* The link information. */
165 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
166 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
167 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
169 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
170 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
172 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
173 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
175 unsigned int max_count
;
176 /* The number of local and global entries in the primary got. */
177 unsigned int primary_count
;
178 /* The number of local and global entries in the current got. */
179 unsigned int current_count
;
180 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
181 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
182 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
184 unsigned int global_count
;
187 /* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
189 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
191 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
193 unsigned int needed_relocs
;
194 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
197 /* A structure used to count TLS relocations or GOT entries, for GOT
198 entry or ELF symbol table traversal. */
200 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
202 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
206 struct _mips_elf_section_data
208 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
211 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
216 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
217 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
219 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
220 the dynamic symbols. */
222 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
224 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
226 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
227 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
228 symbol with a GOT entry. */
229 long min_got_dynindx
;
230 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
231 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
232 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
233 long max_unref_got_dynindx
;
234 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
235 symbol without a GOT entry. */
236 long max_non_got_dynindx
;
239 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
240 the global hash table. */
242 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
244 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
246 /* External symbol information. */
249 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
251 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
253 /* If the R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 reloc is against
254 a readonly section. */
255 bfd_boolean readonly_reloc
;
257 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
258 related to taking the function's address, i.e. any but
259 R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones -- see "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition",
261 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
;
263 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
264 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
267 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is set if this symbol appears
268 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
269 bfd_boolean need_fn_stub
;
271 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
272 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
275 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
276 being called returns a floating point value. */
277 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
279 /* Are we forced local? This will only be set if we have converted
280 the initial global GOT entry to a local GOT entry. */
281 bfd_boolean forced_local
;
283 /* Are we referenced by some kind of relocation? */
284 bfd_boolean is_relocation_target
;
286 /* Are we referenced by branch relocations? */
287 bfd_boolean is_branch_target
;
291 #define GOT_TLS_LDM 2
293 #define GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE 0x40
294 #define GOT_TLS_DONE 0x80
295 unsigned char tls_type
;
296 /* This is only used in single-GOT mode; in multi-GOT mode there
297 is one mips_got_entry per GOT entry, so the offset is stored
298 there. In single-GOT mode there may be many mips_got_entry
299 structures all referring to the same GOT slot. It might be
300 possible to use root.got.offset instead, but that field is
301 overloaded already. */
302 bfd_vma tls_got_offset
;
305 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
307 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
309 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
311 /* We no longer use this. */
312 /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */
313 bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex
[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
];
315 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
316 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
317 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
318 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
319 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
320 entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */
321 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
322 /* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
324 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
325 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
326 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
327 bfd_boolean is_vxworks
;
328 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
336 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes (VxWorks only). */
337 bfd_vma plt_header_size
;
338 /* The size of a PLT entry in bytes (VxWorks only). */
339 bfd_vma plt_entry_size
;
340 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
341 bfd_vma function_stub_size
;
344 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
345 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
346 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
347 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
348 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
349 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
350 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
351 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
352 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
353 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
354 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
355 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
356 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
357 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
359 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
364 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
365 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
366 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
370 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
372 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
375 "_procedure_string_table",
376 "_procedure_table_size",
380 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
385 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
386 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
387 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
388 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
389 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
390 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
399 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
400 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
401 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
405 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
406 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
407 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
408 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
409 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
410 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
415 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
416 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
417 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
418 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
419 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
427 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
433 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
435 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
437 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
438 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
439 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
440 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
441 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
442 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
443 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
444 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
446 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
447 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
448 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
449 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
450 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
452 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
453 has different meaning for each type:
456 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
457 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
458 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
459 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
462 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
463 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
464 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
465 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
467 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
468 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
469 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
470 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
472 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
473 loader for use by the static exception system. */
475 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
476 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
477 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
478 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
479 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
480 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
481 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
482 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
483 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
484 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
486 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
488 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
489 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
491 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
492 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, asection
*,
493 bfd_vma
, unsigned long, struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, int);
494 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
495 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
496 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
498 static bfd_boolean mips16_stub_section_p
500 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
501 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
502 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
503 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
504 static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
506 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
507 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
508 static struct mips_got_info
*mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
509 (struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
511 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
512 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
514 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
515 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
516 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
518 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
519 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
520 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
522 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
523 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
525 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
526 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
527 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
529 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
530 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
531 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
533 /* The name of the options section. */
534 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
535 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
537 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
538 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
539 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
540 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
542 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
543 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
544 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
545 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
547 /* The name of the stub section. */
548 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
550 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
551 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
552 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
554 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
555 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
556 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
558 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
559 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
560 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
562 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
563 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
564 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
566 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
567 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
568 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
570 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
571 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
572 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
574 /* Get word-sized data. */
575 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
576 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
578 /* Put out word-sized data. */
579 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
581 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
582 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
584 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
585 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
586 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
588 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
589 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
591 /* Determine whether the internal relocation of index REL_IDX is REL
592 (zero) or RELA (non-zero). The assumption is that, if there are
593 two relocation sections for this section, one of them is REL and
594 the other is RELA. If the index of the relocation we're testing is
595 in range for the first relocation section, check that the external
596 relocation size is that for RELA. It is also assumed that, if
597 rel_idx is not in range for the first section, and this first
598 section contains REL relocs, then the relocation is in the second
599 section, that is RELA. */
600 #define MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P(abfd, sec, rel_idx) \
601 ((NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr) \
602 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel \
603 > (bfd_vma)(rel_idx)) \
604 == (elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_entsize \
605 == (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela) \
606 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))))
608 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
609 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
610 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
612 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
613 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
614 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
615 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
617 /* The number of local .got entries we reserve. */
618 #define MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO(INFO) \
619 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 3 : 2)
621 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
622 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
623 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
625 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
627 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
629 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
630 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
632 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
633 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
634 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
636 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
637 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
638 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
639 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
640 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
641 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
642 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
644 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
645 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
647 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
648 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
650 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
653 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
654 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
655 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
656 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
659 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
660 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
661 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
662 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
663 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
664 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
665 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
666 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
668 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
669 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
671 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
673 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
674 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
677 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
678 floating point arguments.
680 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
681 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
682 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
683 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
684 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
685 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
686 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
687 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
689 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
690 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
691 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
692 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
693 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
694 stub should be discarded.
696 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
697 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
698 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
699 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
700 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
701 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
702 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
705 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
706 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
707 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
709 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
711 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
712 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
713 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
715 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
716 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
717 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
719 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
720 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
[] = {
721 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
722 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
723 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
724 0x00000000, /* nop */
725 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
729 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
730 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
[] = {
731 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
732 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
733 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
734 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
735 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
736 0x00000000, /* nop */
737 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
741 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
742 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[] = {
743 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
744 0x00000000, /* nop */
745 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
746 0x00000000, /* nop */
747 0x00000000, /* nop */
751 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
752 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
[] = {
753 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
754 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
757 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
759 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
760 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
761 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
764 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
766 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
767 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
769 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
772 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
774 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
775 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
777 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
778 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
780 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
781 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
784 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
786 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
787 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
789 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
793 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
795 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
796 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
798 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
801 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
803 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
804 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
805 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
807 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
808 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
810 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
813 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
815 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
817 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
818 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
819 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
823 /* Set local fields. */
824 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
825 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
826 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
828 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
829 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
830 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
832 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
833 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
834 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
835 ret
->forced_local
= FALSE
;
836 ret
->is_branch_target
= FALSE
;
837 ret
->is_relocation_target
= FALSE
;
838 ret
->tls_type
= GOT_NORMAL
;
841 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
845 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
847 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
849 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
850 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
852 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
855 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
858 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
861 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
862 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
865 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
866 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
869 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
872 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
873 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
875 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
876 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
879 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
880 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
883 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
884 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
886 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
888 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
889 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
893 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
894 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
895 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
897 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
898 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
902 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
903 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
904 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
905 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
906 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
907 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
909 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
910 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
911 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
912 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
913 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
923 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
925 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
926 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
927 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
928 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
929 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
930 free (debug
->external_sym
);
931 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
932 free (debug
->external_opt
);
933 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
934 free (debug
->external_aux
);
935 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
937 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
939 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
940 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
941 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
942 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
943 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
944 free (debug
->external_ext
);
948 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
951 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
953 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
954 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
955 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
956 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
957 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
958 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
960 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
961 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
963 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
966 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
969 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
970 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
971 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
973 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
974 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
976 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
978 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
979 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
984 unsigned long sindex
;
988 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
996 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
998 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1002 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
1004 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1008 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
1011 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
1012 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1016 size
= sizeof (char *);
1017 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1021 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
1022 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
1023 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1027 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
1030 count
= hdr
->issMax
;
1031 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
1034 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) ss
))
1037 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1038 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
1040 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
1041 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
1042 rp
->adr
= sym
.value
;
1043 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
1044 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
1045 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
1046 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
1047 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
1048 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
1049 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
1051 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
1052 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1056 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
1057 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
1058 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
1061 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
1065 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
1068 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
1070 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
1071 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
1072 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1073 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1075 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
1076 strcpy (str
, sv
[i
]);
1077 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1079 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
1081 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1083 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
1085 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1086 matters, but someday it might). */
1087 s
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
1116 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1120 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1121 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1123 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1124 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1126 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1127 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1129 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1130 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1131 being included in the link. */
1132 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1133 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1134 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1135 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1138 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1139 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1141 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1142 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1143 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1144 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1145 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1146 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1147 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1150 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1151 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1153 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1154 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1155 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1156 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1157 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1158 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1159 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1165 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
1166 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
1169 The format of these instructions is:
1171 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1172 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
1173 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1175 +-----------------------------------------------+
1177 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
1178 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
1180 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
1181 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
1182 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
1183 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
1184 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
1185 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
1186 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
1187 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
1188 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
1189 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
1192 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
1193 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
1194 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
1195 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
1196 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
1197 value as two 16-bit values.
1199 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
1203 +--------+----------------------+
1207 +--------+----------------------+
1210 +----------+------+-------------+
1214 +----------+--------------------+
1215 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
1216 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
1218 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
1219 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1220 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
1221 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1222 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
1224 R_MIPS16_GPREL is used for GP-relative addressing in mips16
1225 mode. A typical instruction will have a format like this:
1227 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1228 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
1229 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1230 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
1231 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1233 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
1236 This is handled exactly like R_MIPS_GPREL16, except that the
1237 addend is retrieved and stored as shown in this diagram; that
1238 is, the Imm fields above replace the V-rel16 field.
1240 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately. As
1241 above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
1242 little-endian system.
1244 R_MIPS16_HI16 and R_MIPS16_LO16 are used in mips16 mode to
1245 access data when neither GP-relative nor PC-relative addressing
1246 can be used. They are handled like R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16,
1247 except that the addend is retrieved and stored as shown above
1251 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
1252 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
1254 bfd_vma extend
, insn
, val
;
1256 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_GPREL
1257 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_LO16
)
1260 /* Pick up the mips16 extend instruction and the real instruction. */
1261 extend
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
);
1262 insn
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
+ 2);
1263 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
1266 val
= ((extend
& 0xfc00) << 16) | ((extend
& 0x3e0) << 11)
1267 | ((extend
& 0x1f) << 21) | insn
;
1269 val
= extend
<< 16 | insn
;
1272 val
= ((extend
& 0xf800) << 16) | ((insn
& 0xffe0) << 11)
1273 | ((extend
& 0x1f) << 11) | (extend
& 0x7e0) | (insn
& 0x1f);
1274 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, val
, data
);
1278 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
1279 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
1281 bfd_vma extend
, insn
, val
;
1283 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_GPREL
1284 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_LO16
)
1287 val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, data
);
1288 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
1292 insn
= val
& 0xffff;
1293 extend
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x3e0)
1294 | ((val
>> 21) & 0x1f);
1298 insn
= val
& 0xffff;
1304 insn
= ((val
>> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val
& 0x1f);
1305 extend
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x1f) | (val
& 0x7e0);
1307 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, insn
, data
+ 2);
1308 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, extend
, data
);
1311 bfd_reloc_status_type
1312 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1313 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
1314 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
1318 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
1320 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1323 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
1325 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1326 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1328 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1329 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1331 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
1332 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1334 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
1336 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
1337 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
1338 an external symbol. */
1340 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
1341 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
1343 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
1345 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
1347 + reloc_entry
->address
);
1348 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1352 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
1355 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1357 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1360 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
1361 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
1362 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
1367 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
1369 asection
*input_section
;
1373 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
1375 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
1377 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
1378 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
1379 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
1381 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
1382 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
1383 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
1384 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
1386 bfd_reloc_status_type
1387 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1388 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
1389 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
1390 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1392 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
1394 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1395 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1397 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
1399 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1401 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
1403 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
1404 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
1407 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1408 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1410 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1413 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations. This is just
1414 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
1415 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
1417 bfd_reloc_status_type
1418 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1419 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1420 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1422 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
1423 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
1424 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
1425 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
1426 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1427 input_section
, output_bfd
,
1430 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1431 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1434 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
1435 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
1436 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
1438 bfd_reloc_status_type
1439 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1440 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1441 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1444 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
1446 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1447 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1449 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1451 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, location
);
1452 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1455 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
1457 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
1458 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
1460 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
1462 /* R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
1463 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS_HI16
1464 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
1465 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
1466 has a rightshift of 0. */
1467 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
1468 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
1470 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
1471 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
1472 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
1474 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
1475 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
1477 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1480 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
1484 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1485 input_section
, output_bfd
,
1489 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
1490 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
1491 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
1493 bfd_reloc_status_type
1494 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1495 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1496 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
1497 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1500 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
1501 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
1503 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
1505 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1506 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1508 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
1510 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
1512 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
1513 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
1514 offset or address. */
1515 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1516 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1521 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
1522 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
1523 val
+= symbol
->value
;
1524 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
1526 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
1527 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
1528 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
1532 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
1533 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
1534 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
1535 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
1536 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
1537 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
1540 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
1542 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
1543 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1545 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
1546 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1548 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
1550 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1553 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1558 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1560 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1563 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
1564 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
1567 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
1570 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1571 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1575 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
1576 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
1578 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1579 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1583 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
1584 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
1586 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
1587 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
1588 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
1589 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
1590 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
1591 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
1595 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
1596 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
1600 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
1601 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
1602 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
1603 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
1604 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
1605 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
1606 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
1609 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
1610 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
1611 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
1614 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
1617 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1618 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1619 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1620 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1621 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1622 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1626 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
1627 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
1629 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1630 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1631 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1632 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1633 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1634 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1637 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
1638 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
1639 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
1640 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
1641 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
1644 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
1645 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
1647 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1648 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1649 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1650 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1651 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1652 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1653 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1657 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
1658 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
1660 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1661 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1662 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1663 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1664 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1665 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1666 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1669 /* Swap in an options header. */
1672 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
1673 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
1675 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
1676 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
1677 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
1678 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
1681 /* Swap out an options header. */
1684 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
1685 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
1687 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
1688 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
1689 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
1690 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
1693 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
1694 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
1697 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
1699 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
1700 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
1703 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
1704 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
1706 diff
= ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
1710 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
< int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
1712 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
> int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
1717 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
1720 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1721 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1724 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
1725 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
1727 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1728 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
1729 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1730 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
1732 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
1734 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
1737 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
< int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
1739 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
> int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
1748 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
1749 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
1750 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
1751 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
1752 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
1753 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
1754 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
1755 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
1756 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
1757 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
1758 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
1759 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
1760 when generating a final executable. */
1763 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1765 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
1767 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
1769 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1770 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1772 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
1774 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
1775 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
1776 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1777 && !h
->root
.def_regular
1778 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
1780 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
1781 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
1782 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
1783 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1784 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
1792 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
1795 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
1796 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
1797 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
1798 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
1799 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1800 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
1802 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
1803 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
1807 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
1809 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
1810 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
1811 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
1813 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1814 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1815 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1817 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
1819 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1820 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1821 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
1822 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
1824 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
1826 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1827 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1828 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
1831 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1833 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
1834 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1835 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1840 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1841 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1843 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
1844 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
1845 if (output_section
== NULL
)
1846 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1849 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
1851 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
1852 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
1853 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
1854 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1855 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
1856 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
1857 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
1858 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
1859 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
1860 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
1861 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1862 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
1863 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1864 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
1865 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
1866 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
1867 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
1869 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1873 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
1874 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
1877 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1878 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
1879 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1880 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1882 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
1883 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1884 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
1885 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1887 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1888 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1889 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1890 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1891 + sec
->output_offset
1892 + output_section
->vma
);
1894 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1896 else if (h
->root
.needs_plt
)
1898 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
1899 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
= h
->no_fn_stub
;
1901 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1903 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1904 no_fn_stub
= no_fn_stub
|| hd
->no_fn_stub
;
1909 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
1910 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
1911 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1913 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1916 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1917 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1918 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.offset
1919 + sec
->output_offset
1920 + output_section
->vma
);
1922 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1927 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
1928 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1931 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1938 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
1941 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
1943 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
1944 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
1946 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
1949 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
1951 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
1954 static INLINE hashval_t
1955 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
1958 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
1964 /* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
1965 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
1969 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
1971 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
1973 return entry
->symndx
1974 + ((entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
) << 17)
1975 + (! entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
1977 + (entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
)
1978 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
1982 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
1984 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
1985 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
1987 /* An LDM entry can only match another LDM entry. */
1988 if ((e1
->tls_type
^ e2
->tls_type
) & GOT_TLS_LDM
)
1991 return e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
1992 && (! e1
->abfd
? e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
1993 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
1994 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
1997 /* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
1998 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
1999 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
2003 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
2005 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
2007 return entry
->symndx
2009 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
2010 : entry
->symndx
>= 0
2011 ? ((entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2012 ? (GOT_TLS_LDM
<< 17)
2014 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
)))
2015 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
);
2019 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
2021 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
2022 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
2024 /* Any two LDM entries match. */
2025 if (e1
->tls_type
& e2
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2028 /* Nothing else matches an LDM entry. */
2029 if ((e1
->tls_type
^ e2
->tls_type
) & GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2032 return e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
2033 && (e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
2034 : e1
->abfd
== NULL
|| e2
->abfd
== NULL
2035 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
2036 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
2039 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
2040 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
2041 if creation fails. */
2044 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
2050 dname
= MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
);
2051 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2052 sreloc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, dname
);
2053 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
2055 sreloc
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj
, dname
,
2060 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2063 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
2064 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
2070 /* Returns the GOT section for ABFD. */
2073 mips_elf_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean maybe_excluded
)
2075 asection
*sgot
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
2077 || (! maybe_excluded
&& (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0))
2082 /* Returns the GOT information associated with the link indicated by
2083 INFO. If SGOTP is non-NULL, it is filled in with the GOT
2086 static struct mips_got_info
*
2087 mips_elf_got_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
**sgotp
)
2090 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2092 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
2093 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
2094 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
2095 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
2096 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
2099 *sgotp
= (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0 ? sgot
: NULL
;
2104 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
2105 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
2109 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned char tls_type
,
2110 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2114 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
2115 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
2117 if (h
&& WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, h
)
2118 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
2121 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
2123 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
2124 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
2130 if (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2137 if (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2140 if ((tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
) && info
->shared
)
2146 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the GOT entry in
2147 ARG1, if it describes a local symbol. */
2150 mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs (void **arg1
, void *arg2
)
2152 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= * (struct mips_got_entry
**) arg1
;
2153 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2155 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
!= -1)
2156 arg
->needed
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, entry
->tls_type
, NULL
);
2161 /* Count the number of TLS GOT entries required for the global (or
2162 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2165 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries (void *arg1
, void *arg2
)
2167 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
2168 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) arg1
;
2169 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2171 if (hm
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2173 if (hm
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2179 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the global (or
2180 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2183 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs (void *arg1
, void *arg2
)
2185 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
2186 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) arg1
;
2187 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2189 arg
->needed
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, hm
->tls_type
, &hm
->root
);
2194 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
2197 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2203 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
2205 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
2207 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, indx
, r_type
);
2208 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
2210 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
2212 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
2213 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
2215 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
2218 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
2219 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
2221 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
2222 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
2225 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
2228 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma got_offset
,
2229 unsigned char *tls_type_p
,
2230 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2231 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2235 asection
*sreloc
, *sgot
;
2236 bfd_vma offset
, offset2
;
2238 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
2240 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2241 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
2246 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
2248 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, &h
->root
)
2249 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
2250 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
2253 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_DONE
)
2256 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
2258 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
2259 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
2262 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
2263 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
2264 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
2265 BFD_ASSERT (value
!= MINUS_ONE
|| (indx
!= 0 && need_relocs
)
2266 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
2268 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
2269 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
2271 /* General Dynamic. */
2272 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2274 offset
= got_offset
;
2275 offset2
= offset
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2279 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2280 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2281 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
2282 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset
);
2285 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2286 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2287 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
,
2288 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset2
);
2290 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
2291 sgot
->contents
+ offset2
);
2295 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
2296 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2297 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
2298 sgot
->contents
+ offset2
);
2301 got_offset
+= 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2304 /* Initial Exec model. */
2305 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2307 offset
= got_offset
;
2312 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
,
2313 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2315 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
2316 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2318 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2319 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2320 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
,
2321 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset
);
2324 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- tprel_base (info
),
2325 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2328 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2330 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
2331 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
2332 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
2333 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
2334 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
2337 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
2338 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
2340 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2341 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2342 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
2343 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
2346 *tls_type_p
|= GOT_TLS_DONE
;
2349 /* Return the GOT index to use for a relocation of type R_TYPE against
2350 a symbol accessed using TLS_TYPE models. The GOT entries for this
2351 symbol in this GOT start at GOT_INDEX. This function initializes the
2352 GOT entries and corresponding relocations. */
2355 mips_tls_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma got_index
, unsigned char *tls_type
,
2356 int r_type
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2357 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, bfd_vma symbol
)
2359 BFD_ASSERT (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2360 || r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
);
2362 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd
, got_index
, tls_type
, info
, h
, symbol
);
2364 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
)
2366 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
);
2367 if (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2368 return got_index
+ 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2373 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
)
2375 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
);
2379 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
2381 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
);
2388 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
2389 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
2390 will be negative. */
2393 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2394 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2396 bfd_vma plt_index
, got_address
, got_value
;
2397 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2399 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
2400 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1);
2402 /* Calculate the index of the symbol's PLT entry. */
2403 plt_index
= (h
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_header_size
) / htab
->plt_entry_size
;
2405 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
2406 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
2407 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
2410 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
2411 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
2412 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
2413 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
2415 return got_address
- got_value
;
2418 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
2419 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
2420 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
2421 offset can be found. */
2424 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2425 bfd_vma value
, unsigned long r_symndx
,
2426 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
2429 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2430 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
2432 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
2434 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
,
2435 value
, r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
2439 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2441 if (entry
->symndx
== -1 && g
->next
== NULL
)
2442 /* A type (3) entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
2443 hash table entry to track the index. */
2444 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, h
->tls_got_offset
, &h
->tls_type
,
2445 r_type
, info
, h
, value
);
2447 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, entry
->gotidx
, &entry
->tls_type
,
2448 r_type
, info
, h
, value
);
2451 return entry
->gotidx
;
2454 /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
2457 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2458 int r_type
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2462 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
2463 long global_got_dynindx
= 0;
2465 gg
= g
= mips_elf_got_info (abfd
, &sgot
);
2466 if (g
->bfd2got
&& ibfd
)
2468 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
2470 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= 0);
2472 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
2473 if (g
->next
!= gg
|| TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2477 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
2480 p
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
);
2482 BFD_ASSERT (p
->gotidx
> 0);
2484 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2486 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
2487 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2488 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2489 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
2490 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
2491 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
2492 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
2494 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, p
->gotidx
, &p
->tls_type
, r_type
,
2495 info
, e
.d
.h
, value
);
2502 if (gg
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
2503 global_got_dynindx
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
2505 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2507 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
2508 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2509 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
2511 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2512 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2513 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
2514 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
2515 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
2516 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
2518 index
= mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, hm
->tls_got_offset
, &hm
->tls_type
,
2519 r_type
, info
, hm
, value
);
2523 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
2524 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
2525 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
2527 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
2528 index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
2529 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
2531 BFD_ASSERT (index
< sgot
->size
);
2536 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
2537 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
2538 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
2539 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
2540 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
2543 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2544 bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
2547 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2548 bfd_vma page
, index
;
2549 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
2551 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
2553 page
= (value
+ 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
2554 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
,
2555 page
, 0, NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
2560 index
= entry
->gotidx
;
2563 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
2568 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
2569 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was against a global symbol
2570 that has been forced local. */
2573 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2574 bfd_vma value
, bfd_boolean external
)
2577 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2578 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
2580 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
2581 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
2582 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
2583 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
2585 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
2587 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
2589 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
,
2590 value
, 0, NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT16
);
2592 return entry
->gotidx
;
2597 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
2601 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (bfd
*dynobj
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2602 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma index
)
2606 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2608 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
2609 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
2610 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, g
, input_bfd
);
2612 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ index
- gp
;
2615 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
2616 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
2617 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
2620 static struct mips_got_entry
*
2621 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2622 bfd
*ibfd
, struct mips_got_info
*gg
,
2623 asection
*sgot
, bfd_vma value
,
2624 unsigned long r_symndx
,
2625 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2628 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2629 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2630 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2632 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
2636 entry
.d
.address
= value
;
2639 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, ibfd
);
2642 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, abfd
);
2643 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
2646 /* We might have a symbol, H, if it has been forced local. Use the
2647 global entry then. It doesn't matter whether an entry is local
2648 or global for TLS, since the dynamic linker does not
2649 automatically relocate TLS GOT entries. */
2650 BFD_ASSERT (h
== NULL
|| h
->root
.forced_local
);
2651 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2653 struct mips_got_entry
*p
;
2656 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
2658 entry
.tls_type
= GOT_TLS_LDM
;
2664 entry
.symndx
= r_symndx
;
2670 p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)
2671 htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &entry
);
2677 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
2682 entry
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_gotno
++;
2685 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2690 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2692 if (g
->assigned_gotno
>= g
->local_gotno
)
2694 (*loc
)->gotidx
= -1;
2695 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
2696 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2697 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
2698 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2702 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
,
2703 (sgot
->contents
+ entry
.gotidx
));
2705 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
2706 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
2708 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
2711 bfd_vma got_address
;
2713 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
2714 got_address
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
2715 + sgot
->output_offset
2718 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
2719 outrel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
2720 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_MIPS_32
);
2721 outrel
.r_addend
= value
;
2722 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
2728 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
2729 appear towards the end. This reduces the amount of GOT space
2730 required. MAX_LOCAL is used to set the number of local symbols
2731 known to be in the dynamic symbol table. During
2732 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections, this value is 1. Afterward, the
2733 section symbols are added and the count is higher. */
2736 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned long max_local
)
2738 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
2739 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2742 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2744 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
2747 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
=
2748 hsd
.min_got_dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
2749 /* In the multi-got case, assigned_gotno of the master got_info
2750 indicate the number of entries that aren't referenced in the
2751 primary GOT, but that must have entries because there are
2752 dynamic relocations that reference it. Since they aren't
2753 referenced, we move them to the end of the GOT, so that they
2754 don't prevent other entries that are referenced from getting
2755 too large offsets. */
2756 - (g
->next
? g
->assigned_gotno
: 0);
2757 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= max_local
;
2758 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*)
2759 elf_hash_table (info
)),
2760 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
,
2763 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
2764 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
2765 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
2766 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long)hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
2767 <= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
);
2769 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
2770 table index in the GOT. */
2771 g
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
2776 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
2777 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
2781 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2783 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
2785 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2786 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2788 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
2790 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
2793 /* Global symbols that need GOT entries that are not explicitly
2794 referenced are marked with got offset 2. Those that are
2795 referenced get a 1, and those that don't need GOT entries get
2797 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
2799 BFD_ASSERT (h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
);
2801 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
2802 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2803 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
2805 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
!= 1)
2806 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
2809 BFD_ASSERT (h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
);
2811 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
2812 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2818 /* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
2819 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
2823 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2824 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2825 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
2826 unsigned char tls_flag
)
2828 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2830 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
2832 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2834 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
2838 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2841 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
2845 /* Make sure we have a GOT to put this entry into. */
2846 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
2850 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2853 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
2856 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
2857 need to do it again. */
2860 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
2864 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2870 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
2872 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2874 if (h
->got
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
2877 /* By setting this to a value other than -1, we are indicating that
2878 there needs to be a GOT entry for H. Avoid using zero, as the
2879 generic ELF copy_indirect_symbol tests for <= 0. */
2886 /* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
2887 SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
2890 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
2891 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
2892 unsigned char tls_flag
)
2894 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2897 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
2898 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
2899 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
2900 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**)
2901 htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
, INSERT
);
2905 if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_GD
&& !((*loc
)->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
))
2908 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
2910 else if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_IE
&& !((*loc
)->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
))
2913 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
2921 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
2922 if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_IE
)
2924 else if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_GD
)
2926 else if (g
->tls_ldm_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
2928 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_TWO
;
2934 entry
.gotidx
= g
->local_gotno
++;
2938 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2943 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2948 /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
2951 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
2953 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*entry
2954 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry_
;
2956 return entry
->bfd
->id
;
2959 /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
2962 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
2964 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e1
2965 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry1
;
2966 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e2
2967 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry2
;
2969 return e1
->bfd
== e2
->bfd
;
2972 /* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBFD. G must
2973 be the master GOT data. */
2975 static struct mips_got_info
*
2976 mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
2978 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e
, *p
;
2984 p
= htab_find (g
->bfd2got
, &e
);
2985 return p
? p
->g
: NULL
;
2988 /* Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
2989 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
2993 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp
, void *p
)
2995 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2996 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
2997 htab_t bfd2got
= arg
->bfd2got
;
2998 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2999 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry
, *bfdgot
;
3002 /* Find the got_info for this GOT entry's input bfd. Create one if
3004 bfdgot_entry
.bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
3005 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (bfd2got
, &bfdgot_entry
, INSERT
);
3006 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfdgotp
;
3012 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
3013 (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
3023 bfdgot
->bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
3024 bfdgot
->g
= g
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
3025 bfd_alloc (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
3032 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
3033 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
3035 g
->assigned_gotno
= -1;
3037 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= 0;
3038 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
3039 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
3040 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3041 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3051 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
3052 entryp
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
3053 if (*entryp
!= NULL
)
3058 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3060 if (entry
->tls_type
& (GOT_TLS_GD
| GOT_TLS_LDM
))
3062 if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
3065 else if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->forced_local
)
3073 /* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
3074 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
3075 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
3076 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
3077 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
3078 and then make make the new got current. */
3081 mips_elf_merge_gots (void **bfd2got_
, void *p
)
3083 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfd2got
3084 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfd2got_
;
3085 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
3086 unsigned int lcount
= bfd2got
->g
->local_gotno
;
3087 unsigned int gcount
= bfd2got
->g
->global_gotno
;
3088 unsigned int tcount
= bfd2got
->g
->tls_gotno
;
3089 unsigned int maxcnt
= arg
->max_count
;
3090 bfd_boolean too_many_for_tls
= FALSE
;
3092 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
3093 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
3094 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
3095 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
3098 unsigned int primary_total
= lcount
+ tcount
+ arg
->global_count
;
3099 if (primary_total
> maxcnt
)
3100 too_many_for_tls
= TRUE
;
3103 /* If we don't have a primary GOT and this is not too big, use it as
3104 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
3105 if (! arg
->primary
&& lcount
+ gcount
+ tcount
<= maxcnt
3106 && ! too_many_for_tls
)
3108 arg
->primary
= bfd2got
->g
;
3109 arg
->primary_count
= lcount
+ gcount
;
3111 /* If it looks like we can merge this bfd's entries with those of
3112 the primary, merge them. The heuristics is conservative, but we
3113 don't have to squeeze it too hard. */
3114 else if (arg
->primary
&& ! too_many_for_tls
3115 && (arg
->primary_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
+ tcount
) <= maxcnt
)
3117 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
3118 int old_lcount
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
;
3119 int old_gcount
= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
;
3120 int old_tcount
= arg
->primary
->tls_gotno
;
3122 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->primary
;
3124 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
3125 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
3127 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
3130 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
3131 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
3132 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
3135 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
>= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
);
3136 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
);
3137 BFD_ASSERT (old_tcount
+ tcount
>= arg
->primary
->tls_gotno
);
3139 arg
->primary_count
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
3140 + arg
->primary
->global_gotno
+ arg
->primary
->tls_gotno
;
3142 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
3143 else if (arg
->current
3144 && arg
->current_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
+ tcount
<= maxcnt
)
3146 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
3147 int old_lcount
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
;
3148 int old_gcount
= arg
->current
->global_gotno
;
3149 int old_tcount
= arg
->current
->tls_gotno
;
3151 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->current
;
3153 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
3154 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
3156 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
3159 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
3161 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
>= arg
->current
->local_gotno
);
3162 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->current
->global_gotno
);
3163 BFD_ASSERT (old_tcount
+ tcount
>= arg
->current
->tls_gotno
);
3165 arg
->current_count
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
3166 + arg
->current
->global_gotno
+ arg
->current
->tls_gotno
;
3168 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
3169 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
3170 overflows anyway. */
3173 bfd2got
->g
->next
= arg
->current
;
3174 arg
->current
= bfd2got
->g
;
3176 arg
->current_count
= lcount
+ gcount
+ 2 * tcount
;
3182 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. ENTRYP's NEXT field
3183 is null iff there is just a single GOT. */
3186 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp
, void *p
)
3188 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3189 struct mips_got_info
*g
= p
;
3191 unsigned char tls_type
;
3193 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
3194 if (entry
->tls_type
== 0)
3197 next_index
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (entry
->abfd
) * (long) g
->tls_assigned_gotno
;
3199 if (entry
->symndx
== -1 && g
->next
== NULL
)
3201 /* A type (3) got entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
3202 hash table entry to track its index. */
3203 if (entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE
)
3205 entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
|= GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE
;
3206 entry
->d
.h
->tls_got_offset
= next_index
;
3207 tls_type
= entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
;
3211 if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
3213 /* There are separate mips_got_entry objects for each input bfd
3214 that requires an LDM entry. Make sure that all LDM entries in
3215 a GOT resolve to the same index. */
3216 if (g
->tls_ldm_offset
!= MINUS_TWO
&& g
->tls_ldm_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
3218 entry
->gotidx
= g
->tls_ldm_offset
;
3221 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= next_index
;
3223 entry
->gotidx
= next_index
;
3224 tls_type
= entry
->tls_type
;
3227 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
3228 if (tls_type
& (GOT_TLS_GD
| GOT_TLS_LDM
))
3229 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= 2;
3230 if (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
3231 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= 1;
3236 /* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
3237 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
3238 got) to the given VALUE.
3240 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
3241 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
3242 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
3243 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
3244 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size
3245 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a
3246 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
3247 marked as not eligible for lazy resolution through a function
3250 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (void **entryp
, void *p
)
3252 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3253 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*arg
3254 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*)p
;
3255 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
3257 if (g
&& entry
->tls_type
!= GOT_NORMAL
)
3258 arg
->needed_relocs
+=
3259 mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, entry
->tls_type
,
3260 entry
->symndx
== -1 ? &entry
->d
.h
->root
: NULL
);
3262 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1
3263 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1
3264 && entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
)
3268 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
);
3270 entry
->gotidx
= arg
->value
* (long) g
->assigned_gotno
++;
3271 if (arg
->info
->shared
3272 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
3273 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
3274 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
3275 ++arg
->needed_relocs
;
3278 entry
->d
.h
->root
.got
.offset
= arg
->value
;
3284 /* Mark any global symbols referenced in the GOT we are iterating over
3285 as inelligible for lazy resolution stubs. */
3287 mips_elf_set_no_stub (void **entryp
, void *p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3289 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3291 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
3292 && entry
->symndx
== -1
3293 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
3294 entry
->d
.h
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
3299 /* Follow indirect and warning hash entries so that each got entry
3300 points to the final symbol definition. P must point to a pointer
3301 to the hash table we're traversing. Since this traversal may
3302 modify the hash table, we set this pointer to NULL to indicate
3303 we've made a potentially-destructive change to the hash table, so
3304 the traversal must be restarted. */
3306 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry (void **entryp
, void *p
)
3308 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3309 htab_t got_entries
= *(htab_t
*)p
;
3311 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
3313 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= entry
->d
.h
;
3315 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3316 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3317 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3319 if (entry
->d
.h
== h
)
3324 /* If we can't find this entry with the new bfd hash, re-insert
3325 it, and get the traversal restarted. */
3326 if (! htab_find (got_entries
, entry
))
3328 htab_clear_slot (got_entries
, entryp
);
3329 entryp
= htab_find_slot (got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
3332 /* Abort the traversal, since the whole table may have
3333 moved, and leave it up to the parent to restart the
3335 *(htab_t
*)p
= NULL
;
3338 /* We might want to decrement the global_gotno count, but it's
3339 either too early or too late for that at this point. */
3345 /* Turn indirect got entries in a got_entries table into their final
3348 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info
*g
)
3354 got_entries
= g
->got_entries
;
3356 htab_traverse (got_entries
,
3357 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry
,
3360 while (got_entries
== NULL
);
3363 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
3366 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
3368 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
3371 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
3375 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
3379 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
)
3380 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3383 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
3384 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
3387 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3388 struct mips_got_info
*g
, asection
*got
,
3389 bfd_size_type pages
)
3391 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
3392 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
3393 struct mips_got_info
*gg
;
3394 unsigned int assign
;
3396 g
->bfd2got
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash
,
3397 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3398 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
3401 got_per_bfd_arg
.bfd2got
= g
->bfd2got
;
3402 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
3403 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
3405 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
3406 map from bfd to got info while at that. */
3407 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
3408 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
3411 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
3412 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
3413 /* Taking out PAGES entries is a worst-case estimate. We could
3414 compute the maximum number of pages that each separate input bfd
3415 uses, but it's probably not worth it. */
3416 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
)
3417 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
3418 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
) - pages
);
3419 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
3420 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_offset below for more
3422 got_per_bfd_arg
.global_count
= g
->global_gotno
;
3424 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
3425 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
3426 to be the primary GOT. */
3427 htab_traverse (g
->bfd2got
, mips_elf_merge_gots
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
3428 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
3431 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
3432 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
3434 g
->next
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
3435 bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
3436 if (g
->next
== NULL
)
3439 g
->next
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
3440 g
->next
->global_gotno
= 0;
3441 g
->next
->local_gotno
= 0;
3442 g
->next
->tls_gotno
= 0;
3443 g
->next
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
3444 g
->next
->tls_assigned_gotno
= 0;
3445 g
->next
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
3446 g
->next
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
3447 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
,
3449 if (g
->next
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3451 g
->next
->bfd2got
= NULL
;
3454 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
3455 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
3457 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
3461 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
3462 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
3463 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
3464 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
3467 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfdgot
;
3470 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
3471 (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
3478 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (gg
->bfd2got
, bfdgot
, INSERT
);
3480 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp
== NULL
);
3484 /* The IRIX dynamic linker requires every symbol that is referenced
3485 in a dynamic relocation to be present in the primary GOT, so
3486 arrange for them to appear after those that are actually
3489 GNU/Linux could very well do without it, but it would slow down
3490 the dynamic linker, since it would have to resolve every dynamic
3491 symbol referenced in other GOTs more than once, without help from
3492 the cache. Also, knowing that every external symbol has a GOT
3493 helps speed up the resolution of local symbols too, so GNU/Linux
3494 follows IRIX's practice.
3496 The number 2 is used by mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f to count
3497 global GOT symbols that are unreferenced in the primary GOT, with
3498 an initial dynamic index computed from gg->assigned_gotno, where
3499 the number of unreferenced global entries in the primary GOT is
3503 gg
->assigned_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
3504 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
3505 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 2;
3509 /* This could be used for dynamic linkers that don't optimize
3510 symbol resolution while applying relocations so as to use
3511 primary GOT entries or assuming the symbol is locally-defined.
3512 With this code, we assign lower dynamic indices to global
3513 symbols that are not referenced in the primary GOT, so that
3514 their entries can be omitted. */
3515 gg
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
3516 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= -1;
3519 /* Reorder dynamic symbols as described above (which behavior
3520 depends on the setting of VALUE). */
3521 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= NULL
;
3522 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
3523 &set_got_offset_arg
);
3524 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 1;
3525 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
3526 &set_got_offset_arg
);
3527 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
3530 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
3531 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
3532 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
3533 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
3534 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
3535 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
3536 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
3537 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
3538 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
3539 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
3540 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
3541 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
3542 points back to the master GOT. */
3543 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
3544 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
3551 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
3553 assign
+= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
);
3554 g
->assigned_gotno
= assign
;
3555 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
+ pages
;
3556 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
3558 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
3559 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
3560 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
3565 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
3566 all non-TLS entries. */
3567 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
3568 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, g
);
3570 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
3573 /* Mark global symbols in every non-primary GOT as ineligible for
3576 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_no_stub
, NULL
);
3580 got
->size
= (gg
->next
->local_gotno
3581 + gg
->next
->global_gotno
3582 + gg
->next
->tls_gotno
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3588 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
3589 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
3591 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
3592 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
3593 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3594 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
3596 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3598 while (relocation
< relend
)
3600 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
3601 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_symndx
)
3607 /* We didn't find it. */
3611 /* Return whether a relocation is against a local symbol. */
3614 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
3615 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3616 asection
**local_sections
,
3617 bfd_boolean check_forced
)
3619 unsigned long r_symndx
;
3620 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3621 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3624 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3625 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3626 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3628 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
3630 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
3635 /* Look up the hash table to check whether the symbol
3636 was forced local. */
3637 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
3638 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
3639 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3640 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3641 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3642 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3643 if (h
->root
.forced_local
)
3650 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
3653 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
3655 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
3656 /* VALUE is negative. */
3657 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
3662 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
3663 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
3667 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
3669 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
3671 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
3672 /* The value is too big. */
3674 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
3675 /* The value is too small. */
3682 /* Calculate the %high function. */
3685 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
3687 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
3690 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
3693 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3696 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
3703 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
3706 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3709 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
3716 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
3719 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
3720 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3723 register asection
*s
;
3725 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
3727 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3730 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".compact_rel", flags
);
3732 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
3733 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
3736 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
3742 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
3745 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3746 bfd_boolean maybe_exclude
)
3749 register asection
*s
;
3750 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3751 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
3752 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3754 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3756 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3758 /* This function may be called more than once. */
3759 s
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
3762 if (! maybe_exclude
)
3763 s
->flags
&= ~SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3767 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
3768 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3771 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3773 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
3774 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
3775 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
3777 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
3780 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
3781 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
3782 are not creating a global offset table. */
3784 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3785 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
3786 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
3789 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
3792 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
3793 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
3796 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
3799 amt
= sizeof (struct mips_got_info
);
3800 g
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3803 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
3804 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
3806 g
->local_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
);
3807 g
->assigned_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
);
3810 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
3811 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
3812 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3813 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3815 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->u
.got_info
= g
;
3816 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
3817 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
3819 /* VxWorks also needs a .got.plt section. */
3820 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3822 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt",
3823 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
3824 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3825 if (s
== NULL
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
3833 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
3834 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
3835 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
3838 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3840 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->is_vxworks
3842 && (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
3843 || strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
3846 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
3847 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
3848 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
3850 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
3851 REQUIRE_JALXP indicates whether or not the opcode used with this
3852 relocation must be JALX.
3854 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
3855 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
3856 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
3857 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
3859 static bfd_reloc_status_type
3860 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
3861 asection
*input_section
,
3862 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3863 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3864 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
3865 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
3866 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
3867 const char **namep
, bfd_boolean
*require_jalxp
,
3868 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
3870 /* The eventual value we will return. */
3872 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
3875 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
3876 shared object file being produced. */
3877 bfd_vma gp
= MINUS_ONE
;
3878 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
3881 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
3882 bfd_vma gp0
= MINUS_ONE
;
3883 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
3884 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
3885 during execution. */
3886 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
3887 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
3889 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
3890 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
3891 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
3893 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
3894 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
3895 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
3896 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
3897 "__gnu_local_gp". */
3898 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p
= FALSE
;
3899 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3901 unsigned long r_symndx
;
3903 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
3904 relocation value. */
3905 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
3906 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
3907 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
3908 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3911 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3912 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3914 /* Parse the relocation. */
3915 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3916 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3917 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3918 + input_section
->output_offset
3919 + relocation
->r_offset
);
3921 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
3922 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
3924 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
3925 used in the array of hash table entries. */
3926 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3927 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3928 local_sections
, FALSE
);
3929 was_local_p
= local_p
;
3930 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
3931 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3934 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
3935 must come before globals. */
3939 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
3942 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
3944 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
3945 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
3947 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3948 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
3949 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
3950 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
3951 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
3952 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
3954 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
3956 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3959 /* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd. */
3960 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
3963 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3964 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
3965 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
3968 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
3970 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
);
3974 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
3976 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
3977 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
3978 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
3979 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3980 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3981 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3982 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3984 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3985 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
3987 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
3988 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
3989 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
3990 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
3992 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
3993 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
3994 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_LO16
3995 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_LO16
)
3996 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
4000 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
4001 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
4002 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
4003 gnu_local_gp_p
= TRUE
;
4006 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
4007 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
4008 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
4010 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4011 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4012 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
4014 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
4015 if (sec
->output_section
)
4016 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
4017 + sec
->output_section
->vma
4018 + sec
->output_offset
);
4020 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
4022 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
4023 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
4024 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
4025 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
4028 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
4029 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
4031 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
4032 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
4034 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
4035 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
4036 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
4037 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
4038 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
4040 BFD_ASSERT (! info
->shared
);
4041 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
4044 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->root
.other
))
4046 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
4047 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
4048 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
4049 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
4050 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
4051 which is available from here:
4052 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
4057 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
4058 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
4059 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
4060 (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)
4061 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
))))
4062 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
4066 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
);
4069 /* If this is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function with a stub, we
4070 need to redirect the call to the stub, unless we're already *in*
4072 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
4073 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
4075 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
4076 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
4077 && !mips16_stub_section_p (input_bfd
, input_section
))
4079 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
4080 have already noticed that we were going to need the
4083 sec
= elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
4086 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
4090 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
4091 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
4092 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
4094 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
4095 need to redirect the call to the stub. */
4096 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
4097 && ((h
!= NULL
&& (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
))
4099 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
!= NULL
4100 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
4101 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
4104 sec
= elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
];
4107 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
4108 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
4110 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
4115 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
4117 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
)))
4119 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
4126 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
4129 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
4132 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
4133 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
4136 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
4137 special jalx instruction. */
4138 *require_jalxp
= (!info
->relocatable
4139 && (((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
4140 || ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
)));
4142 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
4143 local_sections
, TRUE
);
4145 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, or the GP value,
4146 and we're going to need it, get it now. */
4149 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
4150 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
4151 /* We need to decay to GOT_DISP/addend if the symbol doesn't
4153 local_p
= local_p
|| _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (&h
->root
, info
, 1);
4154 if (local_p
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
)
4160 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
4161 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
4162 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
4163 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
4164 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
4166 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
4167 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
4168 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
4169 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
4171 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
4172 0, 0, NULL
, r_type
);
4174 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
4178 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
4179 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
4180 if (htab
->is_vxworks
4181 && (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
4182 || r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
4183 || r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
))
4185 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
4186 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.needs_plt
);
4187 g
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, &h
->root
);
4191 /* GOT_PAGE may take a non-zero addend, that is ignored in a
4192 GOT_PAGE relocation that decays to GOT_DISP because the
4193 symbol turns out to be global. The addend is then added
4195 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
4196 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, input_bfd
,
4197 &h
->root
, r_type
, info
);
4198 if (h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
4199 && (! elf_hash_table(info
)->dynamic_sections_created
4201 && (info
->symbolic
|| h
->root
.forced_local
)
4202 && h
->root
.def_regular
)))
4204 /* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link. The
4205 symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local.
4206 We must initialize this entry in the GOT. */
4207 asection
*sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
4208 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj
, symbol
, sgot
->contents
+ g
);
4212 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
4213 && (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
|| (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)))
4214 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
4218 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
4219 symbol
+ addend
, r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
4221 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
4224 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
4225 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj
, abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
4230 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
4231 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
4232 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
4235 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
4236 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
4237 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
4239 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
, mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
),
4250 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
4251 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
4252 if (h
!= NULL
&& is_gott_symbol (info
, &h
->root
))
4254 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
4258 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4259 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
4261 outrel
.r_offset
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4262 + input_section
->output_offset
4263 + relocation
->r_offset
);
4264 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->root
.dynindx
, r_type
);
4265 outrel
.r_addend
= addend
;
4266 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
4268 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
4269 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
4271 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
4272 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
4275 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
4278 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
4282 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
4285 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
4286 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4293 || (!htab
->is_vxworks
4294 && htab
->root
.dynamic_sections_created
4296 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
4297 && !h
->root
.def_regular
))
4299 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
4301 /* If we're creating a shared library, or this relocation is
4302 against a symbol in a shared library, then we can't know
4303 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
4304 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
4307 In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
4308 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
4309 no need to add a dynamic relocation here. */
4311 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
4319 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
4323 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
4324 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
4328 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4332 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
4333 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4337 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
4338 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
4339 the output file that's different. That's handled in
4340 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
4341 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
4344 value
= ((addend
| ((p
+ 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol
) >> 2;
4347 value
= (_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 28) + symbol
) >> 2;
4348 if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
4349 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> 28);
4351 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4354 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
4355 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- dtprel_base (info
))
4359 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
4360 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
:
4361 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
:
4362 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- dtprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
4365 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
4366 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- tprel_base (info
))
4370 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
4371 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- tprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
4378 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
4379 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4383 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
4384 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
4385 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
4389 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
4390 $pc is four higher than $t9 would be, so reduce
4391 both reloc addends by 4. */
4392 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
4393 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
- 4);
4395 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
4396 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4403 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
4406 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
4407 for this conditional. */
4408 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
)
4409 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
;
4411 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
4412 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
4413 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
4414 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
4415 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
4418 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
4419 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
4422 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
4423 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
4424 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
4425 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
4426 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
4427 not check for overflow here. */
4431 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
4432 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
4433 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
4434 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
4439 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
4440 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
4441 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
4442 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
4443 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
4444 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
4445 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
4446 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
4447 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
4448 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
4449 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
4450 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
4451 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
4452 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
4453 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
4454 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
4458 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4463 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
4464 R_MIPS_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
4465 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& local_p
)
4469 forced
= ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
4470 local_sections
, FALSE
);
4471 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
4472 symbol
+ addend
, forced
);
4473 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
4474 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
4476 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
4477 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4484 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
4485 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
4486 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
4489 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4492 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
4493 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
4495 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4499 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
4500 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18) - p
;
4501 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
4502 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
4503 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4506 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
4507 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
4508 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
4509 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
4510 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
4512 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
4513 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4516 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
4517 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
4518 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
4521 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
4522 /* GOT_PAGE relocations that reference non-local symbols decay
4523 to GOT_DISP. The corresponding GOT_OFST relocation decays to
4527 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
4528 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
4529 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
4530 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
4531 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4534 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
4536 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
4539 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4543 value
= symbol
- addend
;
4544 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4548 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
4549 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4552 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
4553 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
4554 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4557 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
4558 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
4559 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4563 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
4564 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
4565 branches to the PLT; that will wind up wasting time. */
4566 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->root
.plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
4567 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
4568 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
4572 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
4573 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
4574 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
4575 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
4578 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
4579 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
4582 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
4584 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
4587 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
4590 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
4591 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4592 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
4595 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
4597 /* Obtain the bytes. */
4598 x
= bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
)), input_bfd
, location
);
4603 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
4604 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
4605 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
4606 relocation applies. If REQUIRE_JALX is TRUE, then the opcode used
4607 for the relocation must be either JAL or JALX, and it is
4608 unconditionally converted to JALX.
4610 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
4613 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4614 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
4615 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4616 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
4617 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
4618 bfd_boolean require_jalx
)
4622 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4624 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
4625 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
4627 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
4629 /* Obtain the current value. */
4630 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
4632 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
4633 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
4635 /* Set the field. */
4636 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
4638 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
4642 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
4643 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
4645 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
4646 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
4648 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
4653 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
4657 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. */
4660 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4661 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: jump to stub routine which is not jal"),
4664 (unsigned long) relocation
->r_offset
);
4665 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4669 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
4670 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
4673 /* On the RM9000, bal is faster than jal, because bal uses branch
4674 prediction hardware. If we are linking for the RM9000, and we
4675 see jal, and bal fits, use it instead. Note that this
4676 transformation should be safe for all architectures. */
4677 if (bfd_get_mach (input_bfd
) == bfd_mach_mips9000
4678 && !info
->relocatable
4680 && ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
&& (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
4681 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
&& x
== 0x0320f809))) /* jalr t9 */
4687 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4688 + input_section
->output_offset
4689 + relocation
->r_offset
4691 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
4692 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
4696 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
4697 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
4700 /* Put the value into the output. */
4701 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
), input_bfd
, x
, location
);
4703 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd
, r_type
, !info
->relocatable
,
4709 /* Returns TRUE if SECTION is a MIPS16 stub section. */
4712 mips16_stub_section_p (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
)
4714 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, section
);
4716 return FN_STUB_P (name
) || CALL_STUB_P (name
) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
);
4719 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
4722 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4726 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4728 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4729 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4730 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4732 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
4733 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd
);
4738 /* Make room for a null element. */
4739 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4742 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4746 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
4747 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
4748 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
4749 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
4752 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
4753 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4754 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4755 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4756 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
4757 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
4759 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
4764 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
4765 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4767 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4768 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
4769 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4770 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4771 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
4772 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
4773 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
4776 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
4777 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
4778 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
4780 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
4781 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
4782 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
4783 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
4786 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
4787 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
4790 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
4792 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
4793 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
4794 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
4799 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
4800 in the relocation. */
4802 && (!h
->root
.def_regular
4803 || (info
->shared
&& !info
->symbolic
&& !h
->root
.forced_local
)))
4805 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
4806 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
4807 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
4809 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
4810 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
4811 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
4812 undefined symbols. */
4817 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
4819 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
4821 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4826 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
4829 asection
*osec
= htab
->root
.text_index_section
;
4830 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
4836 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
4837 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
4838 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
4839 local symbols because we used to generate them
4840 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
4841 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
4842 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
4843 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
4844 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
4845 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
4847 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
4848 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
4849 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
4850 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
4851 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
4856 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
4857 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
4858 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
4859 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
4860 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
4863 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
4864 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
4865 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
4867 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
4868 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
4869 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
4872 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
4873 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
4874 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
4875 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
4876 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
4877 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
4878 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
4879 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
4880 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
4881 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
4882 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
4883 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
4884 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
4885 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
4888 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
4890 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
4891 correct location in the output file. */
4892 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4893 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4894 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4895 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4896 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4897 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4899 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
4900 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
4901 relocation format is non-standard. */
4902 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
4904 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
4905 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
4907 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
4909 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
4911 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
4912 outrel
[0].r_addend
= *addendp
;
4913 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
4914 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
4916 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
4919 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
4920 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
4921 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
4923 /* We've now added another relocation. */
4924 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
4926 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
4927 will be writing to it. */
4928 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
4931 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
4932 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
4934 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
4939 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
4941 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
4942 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
4943 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
4944 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4945 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
4946 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
4948 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
4949 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
4950 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
4952 cr
= (scpt
->contents
4953 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
4954 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel
, 0);
4955 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
4956 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
4957 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
4958 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
4962 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
4963 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
4965 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
4966 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
4971 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
4974 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
4976 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
4978 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
4979 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
4981 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
4982 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
4984 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
4985 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
4987 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
4988 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
4990 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
4991 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
4993 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
4994 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
4996 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
4997 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
4999 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
5000 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
5002 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
5003 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
5005 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
5006 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
5009 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
5013 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
5016 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
5019 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
5022 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
5025 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
5027 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
5028 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
5030 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
5031 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
5033 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
5034 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
5036 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
5037 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
5044 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
5046 static INLINE
char *
5047 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
5051 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
5052 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
5055 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
5057 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
5061 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
5063 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
5065 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
5067 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
5070 return "unknown abi";
5074 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
5075 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
5076 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
5077 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
5078 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
5079 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
5080 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
5081 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
5083 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
5084 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
5085 definition in a shared library. */
5086 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
5087 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
5088 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
5090 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use.
5091 This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
5094 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
5096 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
5098 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
5099 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
5101 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
5102 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
5103 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
5104 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
5105 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
5106 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
5107 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
5109 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
5110 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
5111 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
5112 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
5113 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
5114 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
5115 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
5116 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
5117 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
5118 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
5120 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
5124 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
5125 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
5126 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
5127 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
5128 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
5131 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
5132 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
5134 /* Initialize the small common section. */
5135 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
5136 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
5137 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
5138 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
5139 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
5140 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
5141 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
5142 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
5143 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
5145 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
5146 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
5149 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
5150 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
5155 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
5157 BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
));
5158 if (section
!= NULL
)
5160 asym
->section
= section
;
5161 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
5162 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
5163 base address to make it an offset. */
5164 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
5171 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
5173 BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
));
5174 if (section
!= NULL
)
5176 asym
->section
= section
;
5177 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
5178 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
5179 base address to make it an offset. */
5180 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
5187 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
5188 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
5190 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
5191 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
5192 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
5193 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
5194 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
5196 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
5197 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
5198 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
5199 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
5201 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
5202 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
5203 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
5204 We therefore take the following approach:
5206 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
5207 determine the pointer size.
5209 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
5210 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
5214 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
5215 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
5216 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
5217 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
5218 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
5220 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
5221 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
5225 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
5227 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
5229 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
5231 bfd_boolean long32_p
, long64_p
;
5233 long32_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
5234 long64_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
5235 if (long32_p
&& long64_p
)
5242 if (sec
->reloc_count
> 0
5243 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= NULL
5244 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
[0].r_info
)
5253 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
5254 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
5255 same address. For example, if we have code like:
5257 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
5258 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
5261 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
5262 will jump there rather than to .text.
5264 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
5265 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
5268 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
5270 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
5273 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
5274 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
5275 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
5279 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
5281 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
5282 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
5286 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
5287 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
5290 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
5293 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
5294 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
5298 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
5299 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
5300 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
5301 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
5303 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
5305 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
5306 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
5307 so that we don't have to read them again.
5308 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
5309 through the section contents to see if there is an
5310 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
5312 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
5314 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
5315 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
5317 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
5319 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
5321 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
5323 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5324 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
5325 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
5328 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
5335 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
5336 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
5339 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
5340 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
5343 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
5350 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
5351 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
5354 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
5355 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
5362 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
5364 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
5366 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
5367 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
5368 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
5370 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5371 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
5373 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
5375 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5376 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
5378 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
5380 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5381 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
5383 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
5386 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
5388 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
5390 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
5392 unsigned int adjust
;
5394 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
5396 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
5404 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
5405 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
5406 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
5408 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
5412 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
5413 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
5419 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
5420 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
5421 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
5422 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
5423 probably get away with this. */
5424 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
5426 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
5427 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
5431 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
5434 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
5435 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
5438 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
5439 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
5442 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
5443 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
5446 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
5447 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
5449 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
5451 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
5452 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
5453 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
5455 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
5457 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
5458 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
5461 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
5462 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
5465 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
5466 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
5469 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
5470 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_"))
5473 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
5474 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
5477 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
5478 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
5479 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
5486 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
5491 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
5492 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
5498 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
5500 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
5501 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
5502 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
5503 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
5504 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
5506 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
5509 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
5510 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
5512 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
5513 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
5516 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
5517 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
5518 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
5519 they should agree. */
5520 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
5522 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
5524 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
5525 if (contents
== NULL
)
5527 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
5534 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
5535 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
5537 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
5539 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
5541 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
5543 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5544 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
5545 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
5548 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
5550 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
5552 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
5554 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
5555 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
5557 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
5559 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
5561 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
5563 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
5565 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
5566 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
5568 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
5578 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
5579 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
5580 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
5583 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
5585 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
5587 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
5589 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
5590 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
5591 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
5593 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
5594 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
5595 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
5597 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
5598 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
5599 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
5601 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
5602 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
5603 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
5605 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
5606 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
5607 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
5608 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5609 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
5611 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
5613 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
5615 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
5616 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
5617 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
5618 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5620 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5621 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
5623 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
5626 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
5628 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
5629 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
5630 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
5631 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
5633 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5634 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
5636 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
5637 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
5640 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
5641 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
5642 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
5643 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
5644 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
5645 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
5646 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5647 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
5649 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
5650 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5652 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
5654 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
5655 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5656 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
5658 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
5660 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
5661 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
5662 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5664 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_"))
5665 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
5666 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
5668 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
5669 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
5670 final_write_processing. */
5672 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
5673 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
5675 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
5676 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5677 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
5679 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
5681 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
5682 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
5683 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
5686 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
5687 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
5688 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
5689 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
5690 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
5695 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
5696 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
5697 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
5698 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
5699 the .scommon section. */
5702 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5703 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
5705 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
5707 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
5710 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
5712 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
5718 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
5719 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
5722 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5723 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
5724 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5725 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
5727 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
5728 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
5729 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
5731 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
5736 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
5737 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
5738 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
5739 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
5740 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
5741 is not done for them. */
5743 && (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
5744 && (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0))
5750 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
5753 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
5754 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
5755 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
5756 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
5757 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
5760 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
5761 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
5762 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
5763 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
5767 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
5768 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
5770 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
5771 asection
*elf_text_section
;
5772 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
5774 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5775 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
5778 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
5779 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5780 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
5783 /* Initialize the section. */
5785 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
5786 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
5788 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
5789 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
5791 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
5792 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
5793 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
5794 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
5795 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
5796 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
5797 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
5799 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
5800 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
5801 so I took it out. */
5802 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
5805 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
5806 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
5808 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
5809 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
5811 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
5812 asection
*elf_data_section
;
5813 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
5815 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5816 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
5819 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
5820 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5821 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
5824 /* Initialize the section. */
5826 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
5827 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
5829 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
5830 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
5832 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
5833 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
5834 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
5835 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
5836 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
5837 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
5838 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
5840 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
5841 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
5842 so I took it out. */
5843 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
5846 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
5847 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
5851 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
5853 && info
->hash
->creator
== abfd
->xvec
5854 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
5856 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5857 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5859 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
5861 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5862 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
5863 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5866 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5869 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5871 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5874 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
5877 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
5878 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
5879 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
5880 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
5886 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
5887 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
5888 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
5891 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
5892 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5893 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
5894 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5896 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
5897 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
5898 common in the output file. */
5899 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
5900 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
5901 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
5903 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
5904 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
5909 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
5911 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
5914 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5916 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5917 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5919 register asection
*s
;
5920 const char * const *namep
;
5921 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5923 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5924 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
5925 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
5927 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
5929 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
5931 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
5934 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
5939 /* We need to create .got section. */
5940 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
, FALSE
))
5943 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
))
5946 /* Create .stub section. */
5947 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
5948 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == NULL
)
5950 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
,
5951 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
),
5954 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
5955 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5959 if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
|| IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
5961 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
5963 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".rld_map",
5964 flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
);
5966 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
5967 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5971 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
5972 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
5973 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
5974 the linker takes such action. */
5975 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
5977 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
5980 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5981 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
5982 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5985 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5988 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
5990 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5994 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
5995 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5997 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
6001 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
6002 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".hash");
6004 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
6005 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
6007 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
6008 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
6010 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
6011 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
6013 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
6014 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
6016 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
6023 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
6025 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6026 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
6027 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6030 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6033 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
6035 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6038 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
6040 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
6041 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
6042 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
6043 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
6044 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map");
6045 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6047 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
6049 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6050 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
6051 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6054 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6057 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6059 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6064 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6066 /* Create the .plt, .rela.plt, .dynbss and .rela.bss sections.
6067 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE symbol. */
6068 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
6071 /* Cache the sections created above. */
6072 htab
->sdynbss
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynbss");
6073 htab
->srelbss
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.bss");
6074 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
6075 htab
->splt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
6077 || (!htab
->srelbss
&& !info
->shared
)
6082 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
6083 if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
6086 /* Work out the PLT sizes. */
6089 htab
->plt_header_size
6090 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
);
6091 htab
->plt_entry_size
6092 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
);
6096 htab
->plt_header_size
6097 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
);
6098 htab
->plt_entry_size
6099 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
);
6106 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
6107 allocate space in the global offset table. */
6110 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6111 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
6115 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6116 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
6117 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
6119 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
6120 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
6123 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6124 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6126 if (info
->relocatable
)
6129 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6130 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6131 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6132 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
6133 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6135 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
6137 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
6138 if (FN_STUB_P (name
))
6140 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6142 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
6145 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
6147 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
6148 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
6152 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
6153 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
6154 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
6155 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
6157 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
6158 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
6160 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
6161 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
6162 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
6163 || mips16_stub_section_p (abfd
, o
))
6167 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
6169 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
6172 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
6173 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
6174 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
6175 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) != R_MIPS16_26
)
6178 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
6187 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
6188 not need it. Since this function is called before
6189 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
6190 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
6192 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6196 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
6198 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
6200 unsigned long symcount
;
6204 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
6205 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
6207 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6208 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
6209 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
6212 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
6215 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
6216 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
6218 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
6219 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
6220 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
6221 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
6225 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6227 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
6228 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
6230 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6231 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6232 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
6234 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
6236 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
6237 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
6238 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
6239 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
6240 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
6241 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
6243 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6247 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
6249 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
6252 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name
) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
6254 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6255 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6258 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
6261 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
6263 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
6264 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
6268 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
6269 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
6270 that refers to this symbol. */
6271 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
6273 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
6274 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
6276 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
6277 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
6278 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
6279 || mips16_stub_section_p (abfd
, o
))
6283 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
6285 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
6288 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
6289 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
6290 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
6291 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
)
6294 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
6303 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
6304 not need it. Since this function is called before
6305 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
6306 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
6308 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6312 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
6314 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
== NULL
)
6316 unsigned long symcount
;
6320 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
6321 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
6323 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6324 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
6325 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
6328 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
= n
;
6331 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
6332 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
6334 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
6335 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
6336 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
6337 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
6341 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
6342 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
6344 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
6346 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
6347 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
6349 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
6351 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
6352 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
6353 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
6354 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
6355 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
6358 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6362 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
6364 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
6375 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6380 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
6381 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
6382 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
6387 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6388 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
6389 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
6391 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6392 unsigned int r_type
;
6393 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6395 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6396 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6398 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
6400 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
6402 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6403 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
6405 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6410 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
6412 /* This may be an indirect symbol created because of a version. */
6415 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
6416 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
6420 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
6421 if (dynobj
== NULL
|| sgot
== NULL
)
6427 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6428 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6429 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6430 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6431 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6432 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6433 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6434 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6436 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6438 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
6439 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, FALSE
))
6441 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
6442 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
6444 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6445 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
6446 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
6447 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6455 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
6456 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
6457 no need to add a dynamic relocation here. */
6459 && (info
->shared
|| (h
!= NULL
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
))
6460 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6461 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
6471 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->is_relocation_target
= TRUE
;
6473 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
6474 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
6475 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
6476 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
6480 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
6484 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
6485 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
6486 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
6487 relocations against the text segment. */
6488 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6491 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
6492 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
6493 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
6494 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
&& htab
->is_vxworks
))
6496 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
6497 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
6498 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
6499 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS_GOT16 and
6500 R_MIPS_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
6501 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
6502 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
6503 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
6504 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
6505 rel
->r_addend
, g
, 0))
6514 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6515 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
6516 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
6517 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6522 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6523 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6526 /* VxWorks call relocations point the function's .got.plt
6527 entry, which will be allocated by adjust_dynamic_symbol.
6528 Otherwise, this symbol requires a global GOT entry. */
6529 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
6530 && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, 0))
6533 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
6534 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
6535 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
6541 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6542 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
6543 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
6548 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
6549 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6551 while (hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6552 || hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6553 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
6554 hmips
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
6556 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
6557 && ! (info
->shared
&& ! info
->symbolic
6558 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
6564 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6565 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6566 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6567 if (h
&& ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, 0))
6571 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6573 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
6576 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6577 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
6585 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
6586 for TLS GD relocations. */
6588 unsigned char flag
= (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
6590 : r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
6595 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
6596 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6597 hmips
->tls_type
|= flag
;
6599 if (h
&& ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, flag
))
6604 BFD_ASSERT (flag
== GOT_TLS_LDM
|| r_symndx
!= 0);
6606 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
6607 rel
->r_addend
, g
, flag
))
6616 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
6617 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
6618 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
6619 if ((info
->shared
|| (h
!= NULL
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
))
6620 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6624 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
6630 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
6631 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
6632 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
6633 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
6634 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
6635 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
6636 relocations against the text segment. */
6637 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6641 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
6643 /* We only need to copy this reloc if the symbol is
6644 defined in a dynamic object. */
6645 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6646 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
6647 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
6648 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
6649 are relocations against the text segment. */
6650 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
6653 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for
6654 this symbol, a symbol must have a dynamic symbol
6655 table index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are
6656 dynamic relocations against it. This does not apply
6657 to VxWorks, which does not have the usual coupling
6658 between global GOT entries and .dynsym entries. */
6659 if (h
!= NULL
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
6662 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
6663 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, TRUE
))
6665 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
6666 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, 0))
6671 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
6672 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
6673 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
6678 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->is_branch_target
= TRUE
;
6683 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->is_branch_target
= TRUE
;
6686 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
6687 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
6688 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
6689 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
6690 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
6691 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
6694 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
6695 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
6696 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
6697 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
6701 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
6702 used. Record for later use during GC. */
6703 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
6704 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
6712 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
6713 related to taking the function's address. This doesn't apply to
6714 VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer to a .got.plt entry instead of
6715 a normal .got entry. */
6716 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
!= NULL
)
6720 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
6723 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6724 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6729 /* If this reloc is not a 16 bit call, and it has a global
6730 symbol, then we will need the fn_stub if there is one.
6731 References from a stub section do not count. */
6733 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
6734 && !mips16_stub_section_p (abfd
, sec
))
6736 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
6738 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6739 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
6747 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
6748 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
6751 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
6752 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
6753 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6754 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6756 bfd_boolean changed_contents
= FALSE
;
6757 bfd_vma sec_start
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
6758 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
6760 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
6763 if (link_info
->relocatable
)
6766 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
6767 link_info
->keep_memory
);
6768 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
6771 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
6772 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
6773 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6774 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6776 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
6779 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset
;
6780 unsigned int r_type
;
6781 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6783 unsigned long instruction
;
6785 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
6786 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
6787 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
6788 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
6789 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_JALR
)
6792 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
6793 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
6794 if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
)
6796 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
6797 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
6798 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
6800 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6801 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6802 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
6804 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
6806 if (! ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6807 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6808 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
6809 || (link_info
->shared
&& ! link_info
->symbolic
6810 && !h
->root
.forced_local
))
6813 sym_sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
6814 if (sym_sec
->output_section
)
6815 symval
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
6816 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
6817 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
6819 symval
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
6823 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
6825 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
6826 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
6828 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
6829 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
6830 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
6831 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
6833 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
6837 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
6838 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
6840 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
6841 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6842 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
6843 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
6846 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
6847 symval
= isym
->st_value
6848 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
6849 + sym_sec
->output_offset
;
6852 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
6854 sym_offset
= (symval
+ irel
->r_addend
)
6855 - (sec_start
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 4);
6857 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
6858 if ((sym_offset
& 3) != 0)
6863 /* Check that it's in range. */
6864 if (sym_offset
< -0x8000 || sym_offset
>= 0x8000)
6867 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
6868 if (contents
== NULL
)
6870 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6871 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
6872 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
6875 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
6880 instruction
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
6882 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
6883 if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
6884 instruction
= 0x04110000;
6885 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
6886 else if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
6887 instruction
= 0x10000000;
6891 instruction
|= (sym_offset
& 0xffff);
6892 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, instruction
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
6893 changed_contents
= TRUE
;
6896 if (contents
!= NULL
6897 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6899 if (!changed_contents
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
6903 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6904 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
6910 if (contents
!= NULL
6911 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6916 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
6917 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
6918 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
6919 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
6923 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6924 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6927 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
6929 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6931 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6932 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6934 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
6935 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
6937 || h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
6940 && !h
->def_regular
)));
6942 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, we need to copy
6943 any R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output
6945 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6946 if (! info
->relocatable
6947 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
6948 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
6949 || !h
->def_regular
))
6951 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
6952 (dynobj
, info
, hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
6953 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
6954 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
6955 against the text segment. */
6956 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6959 /* For a function, create a stub, if allowed. */
6960 if (! hmips
->no_fn_stub
6963 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6966 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
6967 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
6968 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
6969 executable and the shared library. */
6970 if (!h
->def_regular
)
6972 /* We need .stub section. */
6973 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
6974 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
6975 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6977 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
6978 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= s
->size
;
6980 /* XXX Write this stub address somewhere. */
6981 h
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
6983 /* Make room for this stub code. */
6984 s
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
6986 /* The last half word of the stub will be filled with the index
6987 of this symbol in .dynsym section. */
6991 else if ((h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
6994 /* This will set the entry for this symbol in the GOT to 0, and
6995 the dynamic linker will take care of this. */
6996 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
7000 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
7001 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
7002 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
7003 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
7005 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7006 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
7007 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
7008 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
7012 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
7013 is not a function. */
7018 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
7021 _bfd_mips_vxworks_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7022 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
7025 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
7026 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7028 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7029 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7030 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
7032 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
7033 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
7036 || h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
7039 && !h
->def_regular
)));
7041 /* If the symbol is defined by a dynamic object, we need a PLT stub if
7042 either (a) we want to branch to the symbol or (b) we're linking an
7043 executable that needs a canonical function address. In the latter
7044 case, the canonical address will be the address of the executable's
7046 if ((hmips
->is_branch_target
7048 && h
->type
== STT_FUNC
7049 && hmips
->is_relocation_target
))
7053 && !h
->forced_local
)
7056 /* Locally-binding symbols do not need a PLT stub; we can refer to
7057 the functions directly. */
7058 else if (h
->needs_plt
7059 && (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
7060 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
7061 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)))
7069 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, allocate room
7070 for the header, and for the header's .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
7071 if (htab
->splt
->size
== 0)
7073 htab
->splt
->size
+= htab
->plt_header_size
;
7075 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
7078 /* Assign the next .plt entry to this symbol. */
7079 h
->plt
.offset
= htab
->splt
->size
;
7080 htab
->splt
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
7082 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
7083 symbol's value to the address of the stub. For executables,
7084 point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy resolution stub;
7085 this stub will become the canonical function address. */
7086 if (!h
->def_regular
)
7088 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->splt
;
7089 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->plt
.offset
;
7091 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+= 8;
7094 /* Make room for the .got.plt entry and the R_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */
7095 htab
->sgotplt
->size
+= 4;
7096 htab
->srelplt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
7098 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
7100 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
7105 /* If a function symbol is defined by a dynamic object, and we do not
7106 need a PLT stub for it, the symbol's value should be zero. */
7107 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
7112 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
7116 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
7117 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
7118 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
7119 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
7121 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7122 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
7123 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
7124 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
7128 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
7129 is not a function. */
7133 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
7134 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
7135 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
7136 object will contain position independent code, so all references
7137 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
7138 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
7139 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
7140 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
7141 same memory location for the variable. */
7143 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7145 htab
->srelbss
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
7149 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h
, htab
->sdynbss
);
7152 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
7153 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
7154 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
7155 the current linking stage. */
7157 static bfd_size_type
7158 count_section_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7160 bfd_size_type count
;
7163 if (info
->shared
|| elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
7166 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7168 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
7169 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
7170 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
7171 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
7172 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
7178 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
7179 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
7180 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
7183 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
7184 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7190 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
7192 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
7193 bfd_size_type local_gotno
;
7194 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
7196 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg count_tls_arg
;
7197 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7199 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7201 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
7202 ri
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
7204 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, ri
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
7206 if (! (info
->relocatable
7207 || ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
))
7208 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
7209 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs
, NULL
);
7211 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7213 /* Relocatable links don't have it. */
7216 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &s
);
7220 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
7221 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
7223 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
7225 asection
*subsection
;
7227 for (subsection
= sub
->sections
;
7229 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
7231 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
7233 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
7234 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
7238 /* There has to be a global GOT entry for every symbol with
7239 a dynamic symbol table index of DT_MIPS_GOTSYM or
7240 higher. Therefore, it make sense to put those symbols
7241 that need GOT entries at the end of the symbol table. We
7243 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
7246 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
7247 i
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
7249 /* If there are no global symbols, or none requiring
7250 relocations, then GLOBAL_GOTSYM will be NULL. */
7253 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
7254 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
7255 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
7257 dynsymcount
= (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
7258 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
));
7260 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. */
7261 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
7262 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
7263 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
7265 /* In the worst case, we'll get one stub per dynamic symbol, plus
7266 one to account for the dummy entry at the end required by IRIX
7268 loadable_size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
* (i
+ 1);
7270 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
7271 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS_GOT16
7272 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
7273 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
7276 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
7277 sections. Is 5 enough? */
7278 local_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
7280 g
->local_gotno
+= local_gotno
;
7281 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7283 g
->global_gotno
= i
;
7284 s
->size
+= i
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7286 /* We need to calculate tls_gotno for global symbols at this point
7287 instead of building it up earlier, to avoid doublecounting
7288 entries for one global symbol from multiple input files. */
7289 count_tls_arg
.info
= info
;
7290 count_tls_arg
.needed
= 0;
7291 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7292 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries
,
7294 g
->tls_gotno
+= count_tls_arg
.needed
;
7295 s
->size
+= g
->tls_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7297 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
7299 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
7300 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
7302 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
))
7304 if (! mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, g
, s
, local_gotno
))
7309 /* Set up TLS entries for the first GOT. */
7310 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
;
7311 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, g
);
7317 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
7320 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
7321 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7324 asection
*s
, *sreldyn
;
7325 bfd_boolean reltext
;
7326 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7328 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7329 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7330 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
7332 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
7334 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
7335 if (info
->executable
)
7337 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".interp");
7338 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7340 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
7342 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
7346 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
7347 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
7351 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7355 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
7356 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
7357 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
7359 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
7362 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rel"))
7366 const char *outname
;
7369 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
7370 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
7371 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
7372 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
7373 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
7375 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
7377 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
7379 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
7380 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7381 || strcmp (outname
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
7384 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
7385 to copy relocs into the output file. */
7386 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) != 0)
7389 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
7390 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
7391 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
7392 will move them around between input sections'
7393 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
7394 broken, so don't let it run. */
7395 info
->combreloc
= 0;
7398 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0)
7400 /* Executables do not need a GOT. */
7403 /* Allocate relocations for all but the reserved entries. */
7404 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
7407 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
7408 count
= (g
->global_gotno
7410 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
));
7411 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, count
);
7414 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".got"))
7416 /* _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections() has already done
7417 most of the work, but some symbols may have been mapped
7418 to versions that we must now resolve in the got_entries
7420 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
7421 struct mips_got_info
*g
= gg
;
7422 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
7423 unsigned int needed_relocs
= 0;
7427 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7428 set_got_offset_arg
.info
= info
;
7430 /* NOTE 2005-02-03: How can this call, or the next, ever
7431 find any indirect entries to resolve? They were all
7432 resolved in mips_elf_multi_got. */
7433 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (gg
);
7434 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
7436 unsigned int save_assign
;
7438 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
7440 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
7441 save_assign
= g
->assigned_gotno
;
7442 g
->assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
7443 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= g
;
7444 set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
= 0;
7445 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
7446 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
7447 &set_got_offset_arg
);
7448 needed_relocs
+= set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
;
7449 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
- g
->local_gotno
7450 <= g
->global_gotno
);
7452 g
->assigned_gotno
= save_assign
;
7455 needed_relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_gotno
;
7456 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
7457 + g
->next
->global_gotno
7458 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
7459 + MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
));
7465 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg arg
;
7469 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs
,
7471 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7472 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs
,
7475 needed_relocs
+= arg
.needed
;
7479 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
,
7482 else if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)) == 0)
7484 /* IRIX rld assumes that the function stub isn't at the end
7485 of .text section. So put a dummy. XXX */
7486 s
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
7488 else if (! info
->shared
7489 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
7490 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rld_map"))
7492 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
7493 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
7496 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
7497 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".compact_rel"))
7498 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
7499 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".init")
7500 && s
!= htab
->sgotplt
7503 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
7509 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7513 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
7516 /* Allocate memory for this section last, since we may increase its
7518 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
7524 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
7525 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
7526 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
7528 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
7533 /* Allocate memory for the .rel(a).dyn section. */
7534 if (sreldyn
!= NULL
)
7536 sreldyn
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, sreldyn
->size
);
7537 if (sreldyn
->contents
== NULL
)
7539 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
7544 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
7546 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
7547 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
7548 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
7549 the .dynamic section. */
7551 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
7552 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
7553 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and GDB only
7554 looks at the first one it sees. */
7556 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
7559 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
7560 used by the debugger. */
7561 if (info
->executable
7562 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
7563 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
7566 if (reltext
&& (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
) || htab
->is_vxworks
))
7567 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
7569 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
7571 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
7574 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
7575 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
7576 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
7577 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
7578 info
->flags
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
7581 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
7584 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
7586 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
7587 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
7588 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
))
7590 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELA
, 0))
7593 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELASZ
, 0))
7596 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELAENT
, 0))
7599 if (htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
7601 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTREL
, 0))
7604 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_JMPREL
, 0))
7607 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0))
7613 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
))
7615 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
7618 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
7621 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
7625 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
7628 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
7631 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
7634 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
7637 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
7640 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
7643 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
7646 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
7647 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
7650 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
7651 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
7652 (dynobj
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
7653 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
7661 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
7662 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
7663 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
7664 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
7667 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7668 bfd
*input_bfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
7669 asection
**local_sections
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
7671 unsigned int r_type
, r_symndx
;
7672 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7675 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
, FALSE
))
7677 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7678 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
7679 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL16
7680 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
7681 || r_type
== R_MIPS_LITERAL
)
7683 rel
->r_addend
+= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
7684 rel
->r_addend
-= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
);
7687 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7688 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
7690 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
7691 if (!info
->relocatable
)
7693 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
7694 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
7697 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
7698 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
7699 rel
->r_addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
7703 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
7706 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7707 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
7708 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
7709 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
7710 asection
**local_sections
)
7712 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
7713 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
7715 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
7716 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7718 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
7719 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
7720 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
7724 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7725 bfd_boolean require_jalx
;
7726 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
7728 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
7729 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7731 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7733 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7734 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7736 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
7737 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
,
7738 NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
7739 && (MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P
7740 (input_bfd
, input_section
,
7743 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7744 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7745 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
, FALSE
))
7747 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
7752 unsigned long extsymoff
;
7755 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
7756 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7757 h
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
7758 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
7759 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
7760 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
7763 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7764 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
7765 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
7768 if (sec
!= NULL
&& elf_discarded_section (sec
))
7770 /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
7771 or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
7772 section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */
7773 _bfd_clear_contents (howto
, input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7779 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
7781 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
7782 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
7783 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
7784 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
7785 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
7786 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
7787 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
7789 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
7791 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
7795 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
7797 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7799 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
7800 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
7801 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
7802 RELA relocation. To determine which flavor or relocation
7803 this is, we depend on the fact that the INPUT_SECTION's
7804 REL_HDR is read before its REL_HDR2. */
7805 rel_hdr
= &elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr
;
7806 if ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
7807 >= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
))
7808 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr2
;
7809 if (rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
== MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (input_bfd
))
7811 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
7813 /* Note that this is a REL relocation. */
7814 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
7816 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7817 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
,
7819 addend
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, input_bfd
,
7821 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
,
7824 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
7826 /* For some kinds of relocations, the ADDEND is a
7827 combination of the addend stored in two different
7829 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
7830 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
7831 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
7832 local_sections
, FALSE
)))
7834 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
7835 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
7838 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
7839 lo16_type
= R_MIPS16_LO16
;
7841 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_LO16
;
7843 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend,
7844 left-shifted by sixteen bits, and the LO16
7845 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the code does
7846 a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of
7849 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7851 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16
7852 relocation must be immediately following.
7853 However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next relocation
7854 may be a composed relocation consisting of
7855 several relocations for the same address. In
7856 that case, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation may occur
7857 as one of these. We permit a similar extension
7858 in general, as that is useful for GCC.
7860 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes
7861 the LO16 but keeps the corresponding HI16. This
7862 is strictly speaking a violation of the ABI but
7863 not immediately harmful. */
7864 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (input_bfd
,
7867 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
7872 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
7874 name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
7875 local_syms
+ r_symndx
,
7877 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7878 (_("%B: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s' for %s at 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
7879 input_bfd
, input_section
, name
, howto
->name
,
7884 bfd_byte
*lo16_location
;
7887 lo16_location
= contents
+ lo16_relocation
->r_offset
;
7889 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
7890 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
,
7892 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, lo16_type
,
7893 FALSE
, lo16_location
);
7894 l
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (lo16_howto
,
7896 input_bfd
, contents
);
7897 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, lo16_type
,
7898 FALSE
, lo16_location
);
7899 l
&= lo16_howto
->src_mask
;
7900 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
7901 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
7905 /* Compute the combined addend. */
7910 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
7913 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7914 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
7915 local_syms
, local_sections
, rel
);
7918 if (info
->relocatable
)
7920 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
7921 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
7924 if (!rela_relocation_p
&& rel
->r_addend
)
7926 addend
+= rel
->r_addend
;
7927 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
7928 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
7929 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
7930 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
7931 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
7932 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
7933 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
7935 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
7937 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
7938 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
7939 source of the addend in the final link. */
7940 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
7942 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
7943 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
7944 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
7945 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
7946 but for endianness. */
7952 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
7954 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
7961 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
7962 do two separate stores. */
7963 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
7965 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
7967 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
7973 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
7975 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
7976 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7977 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
7978 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
7982 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
7983 input_bfd
, input_section
,
7988 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
7992 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
7993 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
7994 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
7996 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
7997 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
7998 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
7999 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
8001 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
8003 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
8004 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
8005 input_section
, info
, rel
,
8006 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
8007 local_sections
, &value
,
8008 &name
, &require_jalx
,
8009 use_saved_addend_p
))
8011 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
8012 /* There's nothing to do. */
8015 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
8016 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
8017 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
8018 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
8019 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
8022 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
8023 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
8024 info
->callbacks
->warning
8025 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
8028 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
8029 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
8030 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
8031 a given location. */
8035 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
8036 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
8037 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
8038 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
)))
8051 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
8052 until we reach the last one. */
8053 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
8059 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
8060 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
8061 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
8062 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
8063 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
8064 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
8065 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
8066 only a 32-bit VMA. */
8072 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
8074 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
8081 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
8082 do two separate stores. */
8083 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
8085 /* Undo what we did above. */
8087 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
8089 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
8095 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
8097 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
8098 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8099 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
8100 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
8104 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
8105 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
8106 input_bfd
, input_section
,
8107 contents
, require_jalx
))
8114 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
8115 adjust it appropriately now. */
8118 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8119 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
8121 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
8122 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
8123 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
8126 "__dso_displacement",
8128 "__program_header_table",
8132 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
8140 const char* const *p
;
8143 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
8144 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
8147 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
8149 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
8151 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8152 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
8154 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
8156 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
8158 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
8164 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
8165 dynamic sections here. */
8168 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
8169 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8170 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
8171 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
8175 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
8178 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8180 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8181 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8183 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
8186 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
];
8188 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
8190 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
8192 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
8193 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
8194 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8196 BFD_ASSERT ((htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
8197 || (h
->dynindx
<= 0xffff));
8199 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
8200 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
8202 if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fffffff)
8205 /* Fill the stub. */
8207 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
8209 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
8211 if (htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
8213 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LUI ((h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff),
8217 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ idx
);
8220 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
8221 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
8222 if (htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
8223 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_ORI (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff), stub
+ idx
);
8224 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
8225 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16U (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff), stub
+ idx
);
8227 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
),
8230 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= s
->size
);
8231 memcpy (s
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
, stub
, htab
->function_stub_size
);
8233 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
8234 only for the referenced symbol. */
8235 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8237 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
8238 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
8239 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
8240 sym
->st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
8244 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
8245 || h
->forced_local
);
8247 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
8248 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
8249 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
8250 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
8251 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
8253 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
8254 the symbols that need them. */
8255 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
8256 && h
->dynindx
>= g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
8261 value
= sym
->st_value
;
8262 offset
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, h
, R_MIPS_GOT16
, info
);
8263 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
8266 if (g
->next
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1 && h
->type
!= STT_TLS
)
8268 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
8274 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
8276 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
8279 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
8282 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
8287 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
8289 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
8290 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
8292 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
8293 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
8294 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
8295 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
8296 appropriate addend. */
8297 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
8299 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
8300 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
8301 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
8303 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
8304 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
8307 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
8308 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
8309 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
8313 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
8314 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
8319 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
8320 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
8321 if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
8322 || h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
)
8323 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8324 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
8325 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
8327 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8328 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8331 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
8333 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8334 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8335 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
8337 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
8339 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
8340 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
8342 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8343 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
8345 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
8347 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
8349 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8350 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
8351 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
8352 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8354 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
8356 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
8357 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
8358 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
8359 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
8363 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
8364 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
8365 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
8369 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
8370 && (strcmp (name
, "__rld_map") == 0
8371 || strcmp (name
, "__RLD_MAP") == 0))
8373 asection
*s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map");
8374 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8375 sym
->st_value
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
8376 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, s
->contents
);
8377 if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
== 0)
8378 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
8380 else if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
8381 && strcmp (name
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
8383 /* IRIX6 does not use a .rld_map section. */
8384 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
8385 || IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_none
)
8386 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map")
8388 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
8392 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
8393 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
8394 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
8399 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
8402 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
8403 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8404 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
8405 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
8409 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
8410 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8412 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8413 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8415 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
8418 bfd_vma plt_address
, plt_index
, got_address
, got_offset
, branch_offset
;
8419 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
8420 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
8422 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
8423 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
8424 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
8426 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
8427 plt_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
8428 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
8431 /* Calculate the index of the entry. */
8432 plt_index
= ((h
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_header_size
)
8433 / htab
->plt_entry_size
);
8435 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
8436 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
8437 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
8440 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
8441 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
8442 got_offset
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, h
);
8444 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
8445 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
8446 branch_offset
= -(h
->plt
.offset
/ 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
8448 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
8449 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_address
,
8450 htab
->sgotplt
->contents
+ plt_index
* 4);
8452 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
8453 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
;
8457 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
;
8458 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
8459 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | plt_index
, loc
+ 4);
8463 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
;
8465 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
;
8466 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8467 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
8469 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
8470 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | plt_index
, loc
+ 4);
8471 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_high
, loc
+ 8);
8472 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
8473 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
8474 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
8475 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
8476 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
8478 loc
= (htab
->srelplt2
->contents
8479 + (plt_index
* 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
8481 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
8482 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
8483 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
8484 rel
.r_addend
= h
->plt
.offset
;
8485 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8487 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
8488 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8489 rel
.r_offset
= plt_address
+ 8;
8490 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
8491 rel
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
8492 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8494 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
8495 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8497 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
8498 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8501 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
8502 loc
= htab
->srelplt
->contents
+ plt_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8503 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
8504 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
);
8506 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8508 if (!h
->def_regular
)
8509 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8512 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1 || h
->forced_local
);
8514 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
8515 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
8516 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
8517 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
8518 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
8520 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
8521 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
8522 && h
->dynindx
>= g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
8525 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
8529 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
8530 offset
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, h
,
8531 R_MIPS_GOT16
, info
);
8532 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, sym
->st_value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
8534 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
8535 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
8536 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
8537 outrel
.r_offset
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
8538 + sgot
->output_offset
8540 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_32
);
8541 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
8542 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj
, &outrel
, loc
);
8545 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
8548 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
8550 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
8552 rel
.r_offset
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
8553 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
8554 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
8555 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
);
8557 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
,
8558 htab
->srelbss
->contents
8559 + (htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
8560 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
8561 ++htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
;
8564 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
8565 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
8566 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
8571 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
8572 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
8575 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8577 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
8579 bfd_vma got_value
, got_value_high
, got_value_low
, plt_address
;
8580 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
8581 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8583 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8584 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
;
8586 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
8587 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
8588 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
8589 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
8591 got_value_high
= ((got_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8592 got_value_low
= got_value
& 0xffff;
8594 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
8595 plt_address
= htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
+ htab
->splt
->output_offset
;
8597 /* Install the PLT header. */
8598 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
8599 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_value_high
, loc
);
8600 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
8601 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 8);
8602 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
8603 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
8604 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
8606 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
8607 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
8608 rela
.r_offset
= plt_address
;
8609 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
8611 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
8612 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8614 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
8615 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
8617 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
8618 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
8619 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8621 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
8622 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
8623 in which symbols were output. */
8624 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
8626 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
8628 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
8629 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
8630 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8631 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8633 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
8634 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
8635 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8636 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8638 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
8639 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
8640 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8641 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8645 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
8648 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8651 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8653 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8655 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
8656 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
); i
++)
8657 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[i
],
8658 htab
->splt
->contents
+ i
* 4);
8661 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
8664 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
8665 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8670 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
8671 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8673 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8674 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8676 sdyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
8678 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
8683 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
8684 gg
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
8685 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
8686 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, output_bfd
);
8687 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
8690 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8693 int dyn_to_skip
= 0, dyn_skipped
= 0;
8695 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
8696 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
8698 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
8699 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
8700 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
8702 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
8706 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
8708 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
8709 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
8711 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
8717 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
8721 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
8722 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
);
8726 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
8728 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
8733 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8735 /* _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is defined to be the beginning
8736 of the ".got" section in DYNOBJ. */
8737 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, name
);
8738 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8739 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
8743 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
8744 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8745 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
8749 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
8750 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
8754 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
8757 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
8765 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
8770 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
8775 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
8776 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
8777 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8778 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
8781 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
8782 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
8785 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
8786 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
8787 entry of the first external symbol that is not
8788 referenced within the same object. */
8789 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
8792 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
8793 if (gg
->global_gotsym
)
8795 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
8798 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
8799 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
8800 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
8802 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
8804 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8805 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
8806 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8808 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
8811 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
8812 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
);
8815 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
8816 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
;
8819 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
8820 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
8821 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
8822 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
8826 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
8827 /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */
8829 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
-= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
8833 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
8834 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_RELA
;
8838 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
8839 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
8843 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
8844 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->vma
8845 + htab
->srelplt
->output_offset
);
8849 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
8851 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
8853 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
8859 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
8860 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
8861 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
8862 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
8872 if (swap_out_p
|| dyn_skipped
)
8873 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
8874 (dynobj
, &dyn
, b
- dyn_skipped
);
8878 dyn_skipped
+= dyn_to_skip
;
8883 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
8884 if (dyn_skipped
> 0)
8885 memset (b
- dyn_skipped
, 0, dyn_skipped
);
8888 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0)
8890 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8892 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
8893 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
8894 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
8895 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
8896 to the lazy resolution stub. */
8897 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
,
8898 sdyn
->output_offset
+ sdyn
->output_section
->vma
,
8900 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
8901 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
8902 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
8904 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
8908 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
8909 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
8910 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
8911 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
);
8912 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0x80000000,
8913 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
8916 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
8917 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8920 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
8921 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
8923 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
8926 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
8927 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
8929 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
8931 bfd_vma index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
8932 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
;
8934 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
8935 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
8936 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0x80000000, sgot
->contents
8937 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
8942 while (index
< g
->assigned_gotno
)
8944 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
8945 = index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8946 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
8947 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
8948 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
8951 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
8956 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
8957 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
8960 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8963 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
8965 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
8967 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
8968 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
8969 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
8971 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
8974 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
8975 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
8977 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
8983 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
8984 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
8985 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
8986 are trailing null entries. */
8987 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
8988 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
8989 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
8990 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
8991 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
8992 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
8993 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
8994 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_size
9004 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
9011 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
9013 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
9015 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
9016 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
9020 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
9022 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
9023 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
9026 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
9027 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
9030 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
9031 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
9032 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
9035 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
9037 BFD_ASSERT (s
->size
>= htab
->function_stub_size
);
9038 dummy_offset
= s
->size
- htab
->function_stub_size
;
9039 memset (s
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
9040 htab
->function_stub_size
);
9045 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
9046 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
9047 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
9048 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
9049 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
9051 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
9053 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
9055 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9057 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
9058 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
9059 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
),
9060 sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
9062 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
9063 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
),
9064 sort_dynamic_relocs
);
9069 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
9072 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
9074 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
9080 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
9083 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
9087 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
9090 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
9091 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
9094 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
9095 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
9098 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
9099 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
9102 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
9103 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
9104 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
9105 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
9106 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
9109 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
9110 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
9113 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
9114 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
9117 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
9118 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
9121 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
9122 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
9125 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
9126 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
9129 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
9130 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
9133 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
9134 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
9137 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
9138 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
9141 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
9142 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
9143 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
9144 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
9145 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
9146 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
9149 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
9150 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
9153 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
9154 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
9157 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
9158 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
9161 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
9162 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
9165 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
9166 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
9169 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
9170 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
9173 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
9174 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
9179 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
9180 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
9181 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
9184 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
9185 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9188 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
9192 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
9193 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
9194 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
9195 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
9196 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
9198 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
9199 info for each special section. */
9200 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
9201 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
9204 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
9207 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
9208 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
9210 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9213 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
9214 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
9215 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
9216 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
9217 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."));
9218 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
9219 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
9220 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9223 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
9224 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
9225 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
9226 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
9227 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"));
9228 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
9229 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
9230 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
9231 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9234 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
9235 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
9237 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9238 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
9240 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9243 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
9244 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
9245 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
9246 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
9247 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events"))
9248 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
9249 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
9252 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
9253 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
9255 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
9257 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
9258 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9265 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
9269 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
9270 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9275 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
9276 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
9277 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
9280 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
9281 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
9282 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
9283 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
9286 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
9287 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
9288 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
9289 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
9292 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
9293 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
9294 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
9295 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
9301 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
9304 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
9305 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9308 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
9311 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
9313 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
9314 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
9316 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
9317 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
9322 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9326 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
9330 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
9331 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
9333 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
9334 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
9342 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
9343 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
9344 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
9347 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
9348 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
9349 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
9351 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
9353 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
9354 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
9359 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
9361 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
9363 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
9364 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
9367 if (*pm
== NULL
|| (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
9369 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
9370 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9371 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
9372 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
9373 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
9374 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
9375 options_segment
->count
= 1;
9376 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
9377 *pm
= options_segment
;
9383 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
9385 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
9386 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
9387 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
9388 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
9389 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
9391 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
9392 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
9397 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9401 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
9403 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
9408 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
9416 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
9417 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
9418 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
9428 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
9429 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
9431 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; *pm
!= NULL
;
9433 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
9436 if (m
!= NULL
&& IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
9438 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
9439 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
9440 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
9441 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
9442 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
9444 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
9445 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
9448 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
9449 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
9450 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
9451 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
9452 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
9453 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
9454 which might move one of the other sections to a different
9456 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
9459 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
9461 static const char *sec_names
[] =
9463 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
9467 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
9471 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
9473 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
9474 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
9481 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
9487 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9488 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
9490 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
9493 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
9494 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9501 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9503 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
9505 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
9516 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
9517 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
9519 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
9520 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
9521 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
9522 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
9523 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
9525 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
9526 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
9527 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
9528 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
9529 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
9531 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
9532 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
9534 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; *pm
!= NULL
; pm
= &(*pm
)->next
)
9535 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
9539 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*m
));
9543 m
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
9551 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
9555 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
9556 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9557 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
9558 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9559 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9561 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
9564 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
9566 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
9567 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
9571 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
9574 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
9577 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9578 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9579 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9580 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9583 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9584 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
9585 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
9586 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
9587 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9588 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9590 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9591 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
9592 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
9594 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
9595 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
9596 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
9600 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
9601 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
9602 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
9603 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
9604 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
9605 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
9606 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
9607 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
9608 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
9609 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
9620 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
9621 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
9622 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
9623 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
9626 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9627 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
9628 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
9630 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
9632 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info
, dir
, ind
);
9634 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9637 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
9638 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
9639 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
9640 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
9641 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
9642 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9643 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
9645 if (dirmips
->tls_type
== 0)
9646 dirmips
->tls_type
= indmips
->tls_type
;
9650 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9651 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*entry
,
9652 bfd_boolean force_local
)
9656 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
9657 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9659 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
9660 if (h
->forced_local
)
9662 h
->forced_local
= force_local
;
9664 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9665 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& force_local
&& h
->root
.type
!= STT_TLS
9666 && (got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, TRUE
)) != NULL
9667 && (g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
) != NULL
)
9671 struct mips_got_entry e
;
9672 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= g
;
9674 /* Since we're turning what used to be a global symbol into a
9675 local one, bump up the number of local entries of each GOT
9676 that had an entry for it. This will automatically decrease
9677 the number of global entries, since global_gotno is actually
9678 the upper limit of global entries. */
9684 for (g
= g
->next
; g
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
9685 if (htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
))
9687 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
9692 /* If this was a global symbol forced into the primary GOT, we
9693 no longer need an entry for it. We can't release the entry
9694 at this point, but we must at least stop counting it as one
9695 of the symbols that required a forced got entry. */
9696 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
9698 BFD_ASSERT (gg
->assigned_gotno
> 0);
9699 gg
->assigned_gotno
--;
9702 else if (g
->global_gotno
== 0 && g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
)
9703 /* If we haven't got through GOT allocation yet, just bump up the
9704 number of local entries, as this symbol won't be counted as
9707 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 1)
9709 /* If we're past non-multi-GOT allocation and this symbol had
9710 been marked for a global got entry, give it a local entry
9712 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
9718 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &h
->root
, force_local
);
9724 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
9725 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9728 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
9729 unsigned char *tdata
;
9732 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
9737 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
9739 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
9740 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
9743 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
9747 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
9755 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
9756 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
9758 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
9760 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
9769 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
9770 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
9776 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
9777 free (cookie
->rels
);
9783 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
9785 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
9791 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9792 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9793 asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
9795 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
9798 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
9801 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
9805 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
9806 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
9808 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
9810 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
9813 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
9816 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
9817 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
9821 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
9822 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
9824 struct mips_elf_find_line
9826 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
9827 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
9831 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
9832 asymbol
**symbols
, bfd_vma offset
,
9833 const char **filename_ptr
,
9834 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9835 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9839 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
9840 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9844 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
9845 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9846 line_ptr
, ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
9847 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
9850 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
9854 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
9855 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
9856 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
9858 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
9859 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
9860 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
9861 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
9862 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
9863 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
9865 fi
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
9868 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
9871 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
9872 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
9874 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9877 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
9881 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
9883 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
9887 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
9888 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
9889 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
9890 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
9892 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
9895 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
9896 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
9897 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
9898 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
9899 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
9900 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
9901 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
9903 elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
9905 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
9906 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
9907 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
9908 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
9909 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
9910 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
9913 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
9914 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9917 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
9921 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
9924 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
9926 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
9927 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9932 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
9933 const char **filename_ptr
,
9934 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9935 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9938 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
9939 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9940 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9945 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
9946 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
9947 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
9950 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
9951 const void *location
,
9952 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
9954 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section
->name
))
9958 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
9960 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
9961 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9962 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
9965 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
9968 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
9971 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
9974 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
9977 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
9981 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
9982 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
9985 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
9987 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
9988 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
9990 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
9993 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
9994 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
9995 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9998 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
9999 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
10002 if (reloc_size
< 0)
10005 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
10006 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
10009 /* read in the section */
10010 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
10011 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
10014 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
10018 if (reloc_count
< 0)
10021 if (reloc_count
> 0)
10026 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
10029 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
10030 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
10031 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
10032 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
10033 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
10037 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
10038 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
10045 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
10046 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
10047 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
10050 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
10051 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
10053 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
10055 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
10056 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
10058 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
10060 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
10069 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
10071 char *error_message
= NULL
;
10072 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
10074 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
10075 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
10076 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
10078 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
10079 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
10080 to the generic handling. */
10082 && (*parent
)->howto
->special_function
10083 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
10084 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
10085 input_section
, relocatable
,
10088 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
,
10090 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
10095 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
10097 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
10098 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
10102 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
10106 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
10107 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
10108 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
10109 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
, TRUE
)))
10112 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
10113 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
10114 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
10115 (link_info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
10116 (*parent
)->address
)))
10119 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
10120 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
10122 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
10123 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
10124 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
)))
10127 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
10136 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
10137 free (reloc_vector
);
10141 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
10142 free (reloc_vector
);
10146 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
10148 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
10149 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
10151 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
10152 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
10154 ret
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
10158 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
10159 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
10160 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
)))
10167 /* We no longer use this. */
10168 for (i
= 0; i
< SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
; i
++)
10169 ret
->dynsym_sec_strindex
[i
] = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
10171 ret
->procedure_count
= 0;
10172 ret
->compact_rel_size
= 0;
10173 ret
->use_rld_obj_head
= FALSE
;
10174 ret
->rld_value
= 0;
10175 ret
->mips16_stubs_seen
= FALSE
;
10176 ret
->is_vxworks
= FALSE
;
10177 ret
->srelbss
= NULL
;
10178 ret
->sdynbss
= NULL
;
10179 ret
->srelplt
= NULL
;
10180 ret
->srelplt2
= NULL
;
10181 ret
->sgotplt
= NULL
;
10183 ret
->plt_header_size
= 0;
10184 ret
->plt_entry_size
= 0;
10185 ret
->function_stub_size
= 0;
10187 return &ret
->root
.root
;
10190 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
10192 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
10193 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
10195 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
10197 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
10200 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10202 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) ret
;
10203 htab
->is_vxworks
= 1;
10208 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
10209 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
10210 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
10213 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10216 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
10217 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
10218 asection
*rtproc_sec
;
10219 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
10220 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
10221 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10222 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
10223 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
10224 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
10229 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10231 static const char * const secname
[] =
10233 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
10234 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
10236 static const int sc
[] =
10238 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
10239 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
10242 /* We'd carefully arranged the dynamic symbol indices, and then the
10243 generic size_dynamic_sections renumbered them out from under us.
10244 Rather than trying somehow to prevent the renumbering, just do
10246 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10247 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
10251 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
10252 bfd_size_type dynsecsymcount
;
10254 /* When we resort, we must tell mips_elf_sort_hash_table what
10255 the lowest index it may use is. That's the number of section
10256 symbols we're going to add. The generic ELF linker only
10257 adds these symbols when building a shared object. Note that
10258 we count the sections after (possibly) removing the .options
10261 dynsecsymcount
= count_section_dynsyms (abfd
, info
);
10262 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, dynsecsymcount
+ 1))
10265 /* Make sure we didn't grow the global .got region. */
10266 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10267 got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
10268 g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
;
10270 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
10271 BFD_ASSERT ((elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
10272 - g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
10273 <= g
->global_gotno
);
10276 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
10277 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
10279 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10281 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
10282 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
10283 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
10284 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
10285 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
10286 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
10287 && (h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
,
10288 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
10289 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
))
10290 && h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
10291 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
10292 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
10294 else if (info
->relocatable
)
10296 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
10298 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
10299 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10301 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
10304 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
10305 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info
);
10309 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
10310 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
10311 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
10315 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
10317 reginfo_sec
= NULL
;
10319 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
10320 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
10321 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10323 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
10325 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
10327 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
10328 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
10329 the information together. */
10330 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10332 asection
*input_section
;
10334 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
10337 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10339 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
10344 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10345 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
10347 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10348 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
10351 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
10353 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
10354 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
10355 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
10356 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
10357 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
10359 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
10360 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
10361 finally written out. */
10363 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10364 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10365 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
10368 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
10369 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
10371 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
10372 matters, but someday it might). */
10373 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
10378 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
10380 struct extsym_info einfo
;
10383 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
10384 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
10385 the information together. */
10386 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
10387 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
10388 symhdr
->vstamp
= 0;
10389 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
10390 symhdr
->cbLine
= 0;
10391 symhdr
->idnMax
= 0;
10392 symhdr
->ipdMax
= 0;
10393 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
10394 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
10395 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
10396 symhdr
->issMax
= 0;
10397 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
10398 symhdr
->ifdMax
= 0;
10400 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
10402 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
10403 debug_info structure. */
10405 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
10406 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
10407 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
10408 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
10409 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
10411 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
10412 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
10413 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
10414 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
10416 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
10417 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
10421 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
10425 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
10426 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
10427 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
10428 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
10430 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
10432 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
10433 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
10436 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
10437 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
10440 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
10441 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
10442 secname
[i
], &esym
))
10446 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10448 asection
*input_section
;
10450 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
10451 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
10455 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10457 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
10462 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10463 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
10465 if (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
10466 || (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
10467 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
) == NULL
)
10469 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
10470 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
10471 want to deal with it. */
10475 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
10476 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
10478 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
10480 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
10481 read in the debugging information and set up an
10482 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
10483 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10487 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
10488 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
10489 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
10492 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
10493 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
10494 the linker global hash table and save the information
10495 for the output external symbols. */
10496 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
10497 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
10498 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
10499 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
10501 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
10502 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
10506 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10508 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
10509 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
10510 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
10511 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
10514 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
10515 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
10516 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
10517 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
10522 BFD_ASSERT (ext
.ifd
10523 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
10524 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
10530 /* Free up the information we just read. */
10531 free (input_debug
.line
);
10532 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
10533 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
10534 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
10535 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
10536 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
10537 free (input_debug
.ss
);
10538 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
10539 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
10540 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
10541 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
10543 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10544 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10545 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
10548 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && info
->shared
)
10550 /* Create .rtproc section. */
10551 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
10552 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
10554 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
10555 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
10557 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
,
10560 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
10561 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
10565 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
10571 /* Build the external symbol information. */
10574 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
10576 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
10577 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
10578 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
10582 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
10583 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
10585 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
10586 matters, but someday it might). */
10587 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
10592 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o
->name
, ".gptab."))
10594 const char *subname
;
10597 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
10600 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
10601 information describing how the small data area would
10602 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
10603 not used in executables files. */
10604 if (! info
->relocatable
)
10606 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10608 asection
*input_section
;
10610 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10612 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
10617 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10619 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10620 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10621 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
10624 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
10625 currently matters, but someday it might). */
10626 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
10628 /* Really remove the section. */
10629 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
10630 --abfd
->section_count
;
10635 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
10636 uninitialized data. */
10637 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
10638 gptab_data_sec
= o
;
10639 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
10643 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10644 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
10645 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
10646 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
10650 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
10651 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
10652 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
10653 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
10654 case we must change the name of the output section. */
10655 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
10656 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
10658 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
10659 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
10661 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
10662 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
10663 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
10666 /* Set up the first entry. */
10668 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
10669 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
10672 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
10673 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
10675 /* Combine the input sections. */
10676 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10678 asection
*input_section
;
10680 bfd_size_type size
;
10681 unsigned long last
;
10682 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
10684 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10686 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
10691 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10692 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
10694 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
10695 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
10696 sorted by ascending -G value. */
10697 size
= input_section
->size
;
10699 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
10701 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
10703 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
10704 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
10710 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
10711 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
10712 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
10718 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
10720 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
10721 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
10724 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
10726 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
10727 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
10729 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
10735 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
10738 /* We need a new table entry. */
10739 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
10740 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
10741 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
10747 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
10748 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
10750 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
10751 value, since that will be implied by this new
10754 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
10756 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
10758 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
10759 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
10763 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
10764 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
10769 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
10772 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10773 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10774 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
10777 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
10779 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
10781 /* Swap out the table. */
10782 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
10783 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
10784 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
10790 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
10791 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
10794 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
10795 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
10797 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
10798 matters, but someday it might). */
10799 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
10803 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
10804 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
10807 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
10809 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
10811 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
10813 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
10814 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
10818 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
10820 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
10821 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
10823 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
10826 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
10829 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
10831 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
10832 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
10833 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
10837 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
10839 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
10840 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
10841 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
10845 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
10847 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
10848 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
10850 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
10851 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
10852 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
10860 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
10862 struct mips_mach_extension
{
10863 unsigned long extension
, base
;
10867 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
10868 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
10870 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] = {
10871 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
10872 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
10873 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
10875 /* MIPS V extensions. */
10876 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
10878 /* R10000 extensions. */
10879 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
10881 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
10882 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
10883 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
10884 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
10885 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
10886 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
10887 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
10889 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
10890 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
10891 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
10892 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
10893 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
10894 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
10896 /* VR4100 extensions. */
10897 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
10898 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
10900 /* MIPS III extensions. */
10901 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10902 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10903 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10904 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10905 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10906 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10907 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10909 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
10910 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
10912 /* MIPS II extensions. */
10913 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
10914 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
10916 /* MIPS I extensions. */
10917 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
10918 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
10922 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
10925 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
10929 if (extension
== base
)
10932 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32
10933 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, extension
))
10936 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
10937 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, extension
))
10940 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
10941 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
10943 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
10944 if (extension
== base
)
10952 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
10955 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
10957 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
10958 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
10959 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
10960 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
10961 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
10962 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
10963 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
);
10967 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
10968 there are conflicting attributes. */
10970 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
10972 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
10973 obj_attribute
*out_attr
;
10975 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
)
10977 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
10978 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
10980 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
10982 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
= 1;
10987 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
10988 non-conflicting ones. */
10989 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
10990 out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
10991 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
10993 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].type
= 1;
10994 if (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
== 0)
10995 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
10996 else if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
== 0)
10998 else if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
> 3)
11000 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"), ibfd
,
11001 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
11002 else if (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
> 3)
11004 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"), obfd
,
11005 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
11007 switch (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
11010 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
11014 (_("Warning: %B uses -msingle-float, %B uses -mdouble-float"),
11019 (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"),
11029 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
11033 (_("Warning: %B uses -msingle-float, %B uses -mdouble-float"),
11038 (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"),
11048 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
11053 (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"),
11067 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
11068 _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
11073 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
11074 object file when linking. */
11077 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
11079 flagword old_flags
;
11080 flagword new_flags
;
11082 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
11085 /* Check if we have the same endianess */
11086 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
11088 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11089 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
11094 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
11095 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11098 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
11100 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11101 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
11106 if (!mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
))
11109 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
11110 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
11111 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
11113 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
11115 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
11116 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
11117 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
11118 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
11120 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
11121 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
11122 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
),
11123 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
))))
11125 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
11126 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
11133 /* Check flag compatibility. */
11135 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
11136 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
11138 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
11139 doesn't seem to matter. */
11140 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
11141 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
11143 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
11144 just be able to ignore this. */
11145 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
11146 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
11148 /* Don't care about the PIC flags from dynamic objects; they are
11150 if ((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0
11151 && (ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
11152 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
11154 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
11157 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
11158 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
11159 actually cause any incompatibility. */
11160 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
11162 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
11163 which are automatically generated by gas. */
11164 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
11165 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
11167 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
11168 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
11169 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
11171 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
11175 if (null_input_bfd
)
11180 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
11181 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
11183 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11184 (_("%B: warning: linking PIC files with non-PIC files"),
11189 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
11190 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
11191 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
11192 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
11194 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
11195 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
11197 /* Compare the ISAs. */
11198 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
11200 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11201 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
11205 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
11207 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
11208 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
11210 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
11211 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
11212 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
11213 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
11214 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
11215 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
11216 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
11218 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
11219 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
11220 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
11221 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
11222 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
11223 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
11227 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
11228 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11229 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
11231 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
11232 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
11237 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
11238 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
11240 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
11241 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
11242 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
11243 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
11244 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
11246 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
11247 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
11248 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
11249 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
11251 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11252 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
11254 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
11255 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
11258 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
11259 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
11262 /* For now, allow arbitrary mixing of ASEs (retain the union). */
11263 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
11265 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
11267 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
11268 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
11271 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
11272 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
11274 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11275 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
11276 ibfd
, (unsigned long) new_flags
,
11277 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
11283 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11290 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
11293 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
11295 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
11296 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
11298 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
11299 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
11304 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
11308 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
11310 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
11311 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
11313 /* xgettext:c-format */
11314 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
11316 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
11317 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
11318 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
11319 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
11320 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
11321 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
11322 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
11323 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
11324 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
11325 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
11326 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
11327 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
11328 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
11329 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
11331 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
11333 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
11334 fprintf (file
, " [mips1]");
11335 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
11336 fprintf (file
, " [mips2]");
11337 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
11338 fprintf (file
, " [mips3]");
11339 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
11340 fprintf (file
, " [mips4]");
11341 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
11342 fprintf (file
, " [mips5]");
11343 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
11344 fprintf (file
, " [mips32]");
11345 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
11346 fprintf (file
, " [mips64]");
11347 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
11348 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r2]");
11349 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
11350 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r2]");
11352 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
11354 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
11355 fprintf (file
, " [mdmx]");
11357 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
11358 fprintf (file
, " [mips16]");
11360 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
11361 fprintf (file
, " [32bitmode]");
11363 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
11365 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
)
11366 fprintf (file
, " [noreorder]");
11368 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
)
11369 fprintf (file
, " [PIC]");
11371 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_CPIC
)
11372 fprintf (file
, " [CPIC]");
11374 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_XGOT
)
11375 fprintf (file
, " [XGOT]");
11377 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_UCODE
)
11378 fprintf (file
, " [UCODE]");
11380 fputc ('\n', file
);
11385 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[] =
11387 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
11388 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
11389 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
11390 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
11391 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
11392 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
11393 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
11396 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
11397 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
11398 definiton of the symbol. */
11400 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
11401 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
11402 bfd_boolean definition
,
11403 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11405 if ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
11407 unsigned char other
;
11409 other
= (definition
? isym
->st_other
: h
->other
);
11410 other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
11411 h
->other
= other
| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
11415 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym
->st_other
))
11416 h
->other
|= STO_OPTIONAL
;
11419 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
11420 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
11422 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
11424 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->other
) ? TRUE
: FALSE
;
11428 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
11430 return (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
11431 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
11432 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
);